Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Benefitfocus

Benefitfocus

bnft · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker bnft
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Benefitfocus
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2016 Annual Report 

Included in the 2016 Annual Report: 
Form 10-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on 
February 24, 2017 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

or
 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from              to             .

Commission File Number: 001-36061

Benefitfocus, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

46-2346314
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

100 Benefitfocus Way
Charleston, South Carolina 29492
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

(843) 849-7476
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 Par Value

Name of each exchange of which registered
NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 

required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes       No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, 

to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K.    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting 
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check 
one):

Large accelerated filer    

     Accelerated filer     

     Non-accelerated filer    

  Smaller reporting company     

(Do not check if a smaller reporting 
company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2016 (based on the closing sale 

price of $38.12 on that date), was approximately $373,329,249. Common stock held by each officer and director and by each person known to the 
registrant who owned 10% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This 
determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 17, 2017 was 30,714,527.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on June 2, 2017 

are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
    
 
 
Benefitfocus, Inc.

Form 10-K

For Year Ended December 31, 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Signatures

2
2
19
38
39
39
39
40
40
42
45
62
63
63
63
64
65
65
65
65
66
66
67
67
72

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

PART I

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties, as well 

as assumptions that, if they never materialize or prove incorrect, could cause our results to differ materially from those 
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange 
Act”). Such forward-looking statements include any expectation of earnings, revenue or other financial items; any 
statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; factors that may affect our 
operating results; statements about our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property rights; statements about our 
ability to retain and hire necessary associates and appropriately staff our operations; statements related to future capital 
expenditures; statements related to future economic conditions or performance; statements as to industry trends; and 
other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts or statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. 
Forward-looking statements are often identified by the use of words such as, but not limited to, “anticipate,” “believe,” 
“can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “will,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” 
“would,” and similar expressions or variations intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are 
based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management based on information currently available to management. Such 
forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results 
and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking 
statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in 
the section titled “Risk Factors” included in Item 1A of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the risks discussed 
in our other SEC filings. Furthermore, such forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. Except as 
required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances 
after the date of such statements.

As used in this report, the terms “Benefitfocus, Inc.,” “Benefitfocus,” “Company,” “company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” 

mean Benefitfocus, Inc. and its subsidiaries unless the context indicates otherwise.

Item 1. Business.

Overview

Benefitfocus provides a leading cloud-based benefits management platform for consumers, employers, insurance 
carriers, and brokers. The Benefitfocus Platform simplifies how organizations and individuals shop for, enroll in, manage 
and exchange benefits. Our employer and insurance carrier customers rely on our platform to manage, scale and 
exchange benefits data seamlessly. Our web-based platform has a user-friendly interface designed to enable the insured 
consumers to access all of their benefits in one place. Our comprehensive solutions support core benefits plans, including 
healthcare, dental, life, and disability insurance, and voluntary benefits offerings such as income protection, digital health 
and financial wellness. As the number of employer benefits plans has increased, with each plan subject to many different 
business rules and requirements, demand for the Benefitfocus Platform has grown.

The Benefitfocus Platform enables our customers to simplify the management of complex benefits processes, from 
sales through enrollment and implementation to ongoing administration. It provides consumers with an engaging, highly 
intuitive, and personalized user interface for selecting and managing all of their benefits via their desktop browsers or 
mobile devices. Employers use our solutions to streamline benefits processes, keep up with complex and changing 
regulatory requirements, control costs, and offer a greater variety of plans to attract, retain, and motivate their employees. 
Insurance carriers use our solutions to more effectively market offerings, simplify billing, and improve the enrollment 
process. We also provide a network of more than 1,500 benefit provider data exchange connections, which facilitates the 
otherwise highly fragmented interaction among employees, employers, and carriers.

We serve two separate but related market segments. Our fastest growing market segment, the employer market, 
consists of employers offering benefits to their employees. Within this segment, we mainly target large employers with more 
than 1,000 employees, of which we believe there are over 18,000 in the United States. In our other market segment, we sell 
our solutions to insurance carriers, enabling us to expand our overall footprint in the benefits marketplace by aggregating 
many key constituents, including consumers, employers, and brokers. We believe our presence in both the employer and 
insurance carrier markets gives us a strong position at the center of the benefits ecosystem. As of December 31, 2016, we 
served 833 large employer customers, an increase from 141 in 2010, and 53 carrier customers, an increase from 29 in 2010.

2

 
We sell the Benefitfocus Platform on a subscription basis, typically through annual contracts with our employer 

customers and multi-year contracts with our insurance carrier customers, with subscription fees paid monthly, quarterly 
and annually. The multi-year contracts with our carrier customers are generally only cancellable by the carrier in an 
instance of our uncured breach, although some of our carrier customers are able to terminate their respective contracts 
without cause or for convenience. Our software-as-a-service, or SaaS, model provides us significant visibility into our 
future operating results through increased revenue predictability, which enhances our ability to manage our business. Our 
company was founded in 2000, and we currently employ approximately 1,430 associates.

Industry Background

The administration and distribution of benefits to employees is a mainstay of the U.S. economy. Providing these 
benefits is costly and complex and requires the exchange of information, application of rules, and transfer of funds among 
a wide variety of constituents, including consumers, employers, insurance carriers, brokers, benefits outsourcers, payroll 
processors, and financial institutions. According to IBISWorld calculations, in 2016, the market for HR benefits 
administration in the United States is expected to grow to over $56 billion. In addition, Gartner estimates that in 2015, the 
U.S. insurance industry spent approximately $62 billion on software and related services.1

The variety and complexity of core benefits plans, including healthcare, dental, life, and disability insurance 

continues to grow. The Benefitfocus 2016 annual market research report, The State of Employee Benefits, indicates that a 
higher proportion of benefits offerings are shifting to high-deductible health plans coupled with health savings accounts. 
This added complexity places greater potential cost burden on employees and creates a greater need for employers to 
educate employees on becoming more informed healthcare consumers. To help employees cover added cost burdens, 
employers are increasingly offering a wider range of voluntary benefits plans, such as critical illness, supplemental 
income, and financial wellness programs. Current point and legacy systems are inadequate to efficiently manage the 
complexity, regulation, and the involvement of multiple parties, driving the need for an enterprise benefits management 
system to improve operational efficiency along the entire benefits value chain.

Employer Market

Currently, we believe there are over 18,000 entities that employ more than 1,000 individuals. A significant and 

growing portion of employers’ costs is non-salary benefits, such as the health insurance, that they provide to their 
employees. With healthcare and other premiums increasing, senior executives are prioritizing benefits administration in 
their organizations and searching for ways to contain costs without sacrificing benefits. In addition, the expense burden 
continues to shift to employees. Employees’ contributions to premiums for health insurance have grown from 
approximately $318 per employee in 1999 to approximately $1,129 per employee in 2016. Employers recognize the 
importance of offering a greater variety of core and voluntary benefits as a means to attract, motivate, and retain 
employees. They must maintain relationships with multiple insurance carriers and many other benefits providers, placing a 
substantial administrative burden on their organizations.

Employers’ distribution, management, and administration of employee benefits has historically consisted of error-
prone, paper-based processes, and a patchwork of customized software tools, which are costly to maintain, often lack 
necessary functionality, and fail to address the increasing complexity of the benefits marketplace. As benefits offerings 
become more complex and employees bear more of the cost of those benefits, HR software solutions that streamline 
information, simplify choices, and engage employees are increasingly in demand. Employees desire tailored, dynamic, 
and interactive communication of critical benefits information as they become accustomed to receiving personalized 
content through various consumer applications on a range of devices.

1 Gartner, Forecast: Enterprise IT Spending by Vertical Industry Market, Worldwide, 2014-2020 4Q16 Update, United States Insurance 

Market Spending on Software, IT Services, and Internal Services. 

The Gartner Report described herein, (the "Gartner Report") represents research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a 
syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. ("Gartner"), and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as 
of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this Annual Report) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are 
subject to change without notice.

3

 
Legacy HR systems were generally designed as extensions of enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems, built 

for back-office responsibilities like finance and accounting. As a result, these systems lack functionality and ease-of-use 
for employees. Many legacy HR systems were not designed to integrate with the broader benefits ecosystem, including 
brokers, carriers, and wellness providers. This results in expensive, error-prone, and frustrating experiences for employers 
and employees. Benefits outsourcers have attempted to compensate for the shortcomings of legacy HR systems, but they 
have generally lacked adequate technology solutions necessary to keep up with the rapidly evolving benefits landscape. 
As a result, employees are often not provided with the appropriate functionality and information required to select and 
manage their benefits effectively.

Modern technology, changing communication patterns, and a constantly evolving benefits ecosystem have changed 

the employee-employer relationship. HR executives continue to search for effective strategies to increase efficiency and 
contain costs, while increasing employee engagement and satisfaction. Employers are increasingly interested in SaaS 
solutions that can help capture and analyze benefits data and ultimately lead to healthier, happier, and more productive 
employees. In order to manage the distribution and administration of benefits effectively, employers need an integrated 
platform, capable of handling all benefits in one place and providing a highly personalized experience for employees.

Insurance Carrier Market

The employee benefits market consists of a myriad of insurance carriers and products. According to the U.S. Bureau 

of Labor Statistics, the single largest benefit provided to employees in the United States is healthcare insurance, often 
encompassing more than 90% of all insurance benefits spending by employers. 

Large, national insurance carriers also offer numerous individual health plans of different types, including health 

maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, point-of-service plans, and health savings accounts across 
the 50 states. Each carrier offers a complex variety of health insurance plans, with each plan requiring multiple decisions 
to address the specific needs of employers and their individual employees. Despite widespread carrier consolidation, 
numerous disparate systems remain in place, with many large carriers operating on multiple IT systems. Carriers often 
rely on manual processes and siloed software applications to bridge gaps in legacy administration systems. Even as 
carriers attempt to modernize and keep up with evolving industry practices and a changing regulatory landscape, they 
have difficulty connecting with the broader healthcare system. 

The effective delivery and management of healthcare benefits depends on the timely, continuous exchange of data 

among carriers, their employer customers, and individual members. Legacy benefits management systems often lack 
important functionality such as web and mobile self-service capabilities and real-time data exchange. Critical carrier 
processes, including member enrollment, billing, communications, and retail marketing have often been under-optimized 
or neglected by legacy systems, and carriers have devoted significant internal resources to cover technology gaps. In 
addition, healthcare reform mandates and the rise of exchanges have increased focus on carriers’ retail distribution 
capabilities, which require additional investment.

Governmental oversight, punctuated with the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, has led to an 

increasingly dynamic regulatory framework under which health benefits are delivered, accessed, and maintained. Despite 
uncertainty regarding the long-term viability of PPACA, we expect digital transformation of healthcare benefits to continue 
in the form of public and private exchanges – online marketplaces that allow insurance carriers to compete directly for 
new members. We expect private exchanges will be less rigid, promoting both health and non-health benefits, with 
substantially fewer rules around the types of benefits offered. As insurance carriers continue to bolster their retail 
distribution capabilities, we believe they will require consolidation of technology solutions to improve operational efficiency 
and attract additional members through private exchanges.

Reportable Segments

Our reportable segments, Employer and Carrier, are based on type of customer. Financial information for 

Benefitfocus’ reportable segments is included in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.

The Benefitfocus Solutions

We provide a multi-tenant cloud-based benefits management platform to the employer and carrier markets. The 
Benefitfocus Platform simplifies how organizations and individuals shop for, enroll in, manage, and exchange benefits.

4

 
We believe our solutions help employers in the following important ways:

Simplify Benefits Enrollment.    Our solutions reduce the complexity of benefits enrollment by integrating all plan 
information in one place and presenting it to employees in an organized and easy-to-understand manner. Employees 
shop and enroll using a highly intuitive and engaging consumer-oriented interface. 

Transition to Defined Contribution Benefits Funding Model.    Our solutions help enable employers’ ongoing shift to 

defined contribution plans. Defined contribution plans differ from traditional defined benefit plans as they grant employees 
a stipend with which to purchase benefits of their choosing. Defined contribution plans also offer more discretion and 
options compared to defined benefit plans. Our products support traditional defined benefit plans, allowing employees to 
select from a list of benefits offered by their employer, calculating required member contributions, and recording and 
transmitting elections and other important information to payroll. Separately, with respect to defined contribution plans, our 
exchange solutions help facilitate an online shopping environment with many benefit options that allows employees to 
select personalized benefit offerings to suit their individual needs.

Reduce Cost and Increase ROI.    Our solutions automate the benefits management process and reduce the cost 
associated with clerical errors and covering ineligible employees and dependents. Our solutions also include advanced 
analytics that enable employers and employees to quickly gather, report, and forecast benefit costs.

Attract, Retain, and Motivate Employees.    Our solutions help employers attract, retain, and motivate top talent by 

delivering benefits information through a highly intuitive and engaging user interface. We believe that when employees 
understand the value of their benefits, they are more likely to be satisfied with and engaged in their jobs.

Streamline HR Processes.    Our solutions eliminate the time-consuming and labor-intensive, often paper-based, 
processes associated with managing employee benefits plans, making HR professionals more efficient. Employers and 
HR professionals can efficiently enroll users or update information, and communicate or make changes to plans in real-
time. 

Integrate Seamlessly with Related Systems.    Our solutions can be easily and securely integrated with a variety of 
related systems, including carrier membership and billing systems, payroll and HR systems, banks, and other third-party 
administrators. We provide a network of more than 1,500 benefit provider data exchange connections. Our open 
architecture further extends our functionality by allowing third parties to develop and offer apps and services on our 
platform.

We believe our solutions help insurance carriers in the following important ways:

Attract and Maintain Membership.    Our solutions allow carriers to maximize sales capacity and efficiency by 

communicating directly with their employer customers and individual members. 

Reduce Administrative Costs.     The Benefitfocus Platform allows carriers to consolidate IT systems, automate and 
simplify various aspects of the benefits administration process, such as enrollment, plan changes, eligibility updates, and 
billing, from one centralized location. 

Bolster Retail Distribution Capabilities Through Private Exchanges.    Our solutions help carriers respond to an 
evolving marketplace in which retail distribution capabilities are increasingly important to attracting and retaining new 
members. Our private exchange platform offers carriers a lower cost direct sales channel to employer groups and 
individuals. We offer the ability to sell both healthcare and non-healthcare benefit products in an online shopping 
environment that serves as an alternative to government-sponsored public exchanges.

Facilitate Real-Time Data Exchange.    Our solutions simplify interactions and data exchange, and foster 
collaboration among carriers and their partners, brokers, employer customers, and individual members. This allows 
carriers to rapidly tailor and offer new benefits packages.

5

 
Our Growth Strategy

We intend to strengthen our position as a leading provider of cloud-based benefits software solutions. Key elements 

of our growth strategy include the following:

Expand our Customer Base.    We believe that our current customer base represents a small fraction of our targeted 
employers and carriers that could benefit from our solutions. In order to reach new customers in our existing employer and 
carrier markets, we are aggressively investing in our sales and marketing resources and our channel marketing strategy.

Deepen our Relationships with our Existing Customer Base.    We are deepening our employer relationships by 
continuing to provide a unified platform with a growing list of additional solutions to manage increasingly complex benefits 
processes and simplify the distribution and administration of employee benefits. We are expanding our carrier relationships 
through both the upsell of additional software products and increased adoption across our carriers’ member populations. 

Extend our Suite of Applications and Continue our Technology Leadership.    We are extending the number, range, 
and functionality of our benefits applications. We have also extended the functionality of our products with various mobile 
applications. We intend to continue our collaboration with customers and partners, so we can respond quickly to evolving 
market needs with innovative applications and support our leadership position.

Further Develop our Partner Ecosystem.    We have established strong relationships with organizations such as 

Mercer, SAP, Allstate Insurance Company, Equifax, WageWorks, and others in a variety of industries to deliver best-in-
class applications to our customers. We plan to continue to invest in our integration infrastructure to allow third parties and 
customers to build custom applications on the Benefitfocus Platform and create deep integrations between their systems 
and ours.

Leverage our Corporate Culture.    We believe our culture benefits our associates and customers and supports our 

growth. We plan to continue to invest in our culture to help attract and retain top design and engineering professionals 
who are not only passionate about Benefitfocus and motivated to create superior software technology, but also passionate 
about contributing positively to their communities. 

Target New Markets.    We believe substantial demand for our solutions exists in markets and geographies beyond 
our current focus. We intend to leverage opportunities we believe will arise from the complexities of changing government 
regulation and increased enrollment impacting both Medicare and Medicaid. We also plan to grow our sales capability 
internationally by expanding our direct sales force and collaborating with strategic partners in new, international locations.

Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions and Investments.    We might pursue acquisitions of or investments in 

complementary businesses and technologies that are consistent with our overall growth strategy. We believe that a 
selective acquisition and investment strategy could enable us to gain new customers, accelerate our expansion into new 
markets, and enhance our product capabilities.

6

 
The Benefitfocus Portfolio of Products 

Our portfolio of products, as summarized below, provides a seamless, integrated experience for the entire life cycle 
of benefits enrollment and management for insurance carriers and employers. We also provide extensive applications to 
help carriers and employers manage their programs more effectively.

Products and Services for Insurance Carriers
Marketplaces:

Large Employer Marketplace
Small Employer Marketplace
Individual Marketplace
Retiree Marketplace

eEnrollment
eBilling
eExchange
eSales
Core & Advanced Analytics
Integrations
Video
Implementation Services
Benefits Service Center

Products and Services for Employers
Benefitfocus Marketplace
Communication Portal
BenefitStore
Core & Advanced Analytics
Benefits Service Center
Video
ACA Compliance & Reporting
eBilling & Payment
Implementation Services
Benefits Service Center
Integrations
Benefitfocus University

Products for Insurance Carriers







Marketplaces are online shopping environments, sometimes referred to as exchanges that allow customers to 
select from a variety of benefits plan choices to suit their individual needs. Marketplaces support the shift 
toward defined contribution benefits plans, which are increasing in popularity. Marketplaces provide consumer-
centric experiences focused on personalization, and integrate social tools to help drive informed choices while 
selecting benefits. They also include features to track plans and compare pricing and features across multiple 
benefit plans.

eEnrollment is our flagship product for carriers, providing them with online enrollment for all types of benefits. 
We designed eEnrollment to enhance our users’ experience by presenting information in a user-friendly format 
and integrating educational videos as well as plan comparison and decision support tools to help users 
navigate the enrollment process. In addition to helping customers find suitable plans, eEnrollment supports 
complex business rules, such as eligibility and rating criteria. eEnrollment facilitates the following activities:









Initial Enrollment.    Employees and brokers can complete applications and health statements prior to 
making elections. Once the selection occurs, eEnrollment automatically calculates group numbers, 
finalizes benefit elections, and sends the data to the insurance carriers’ membership systems.

Open Enrollment.    eEnrollment simplifies open enrollment by providing tools to map employees from 
one plan to another, such as workflow, to-do lists, e-mail reminders, and a wide range of reports.

New Hire Enrollment.    New hires can enroll in benefits anytime during their initial enrollment period. 
eEnrollment calculates wait periods and effective dates automatically to ensure compliance with the 
employers’ business rules.

Life Events.    Employees can make changes to their elections for specific reasons, including a birth, 
marriage, and military leave. eEnrollment calculates effective dates and helps employees understand 
what types of coverage changes are permitted with each type of life event.

eBilling is an electronic invoice presentment and payment solution, or EIPP. It consolidates invoices from 
multiple insurance products so employers and individuals receive one invoice that can be viewed and paid 
electronically. eBilling automates the synchronization of billing and membership data to improve the accuracy 
of billing processes and provides options to simplify bill payment, such as scheduled one-time and/or recurring 
payments.

7

 






eExchange is a solution that bridges the communication gap between carrier and employer systems, allowing 
a seamless exchange of data between the two. Our customers use eExchange to integrate data from multiple 
systems, convert data from one format to another, and manage the flow of employee data between carriers 
and employers.

eSales gives carriers and brokers tools to organize and proactively manage accounts, track leads, generate 
quotes, and create proposals for multiple products. eSales allows carriers to define their own market segments 
and configure them with unique workflows and business rules. It also enables greater data accuracy by 
automatically incorporating updated products, options and pricing for the most current rates and quotes. 
Carriers purchase eSales to increase productivity in their sales force.

Core & Advanced Analytics is our data analytics solution for use by carriers and their self-insured employer 
customers. Core & Advanced Analytics is a privately-labeled analytics solution that helps carriers and their 
self-insured employers identify cost drivers, recognize trends, and predict future risks and costs. Additional 
analytical capabilities help create “what-if” scenarios to model different variables, such as co-pay, deductibles, 
benefits, inflation, and member populations. 

Products for Employers













Benefitfocus Marketplace is a cloud-based benefits management portal that streamlines online enrollment, 
employee communication, and benefits administration, and creates a private exchange environment for large 
employers who offer defined contribution plans. In one cohesive, engaging workflow, Benefitfocus Marketplace 
presents employees with all of the plans their employers offer. Employees who need extra assistance can 
access avatars, animated videos, and live chat sessions as they explore their benefit options. As employees 
shop for the plans that best fit their individual needs, a virtual shopping cart keeps a running tally of the 
employers’ defined contribution in addition to the employees’ out-of-pocket costs. If employees choose to 
purchase more coverage on their own, they can easily view and pay their bills in the Benefitfocus Marketplace.

Communication Portal is an employee engagement portal that gives employers the tools to send personalized, 
targeted text and email communications to specific employee groups based on location, job level and eligibility 
status. Features such as an Intelligent Virtual Assistant provide employees on-demand support while reducing 
administration burden for employers, and Self-Service Total Compensation Reports increase transparency into 
the full value of benefit offerings, which can contribute to increased engagement and employee satisfaction.

BenefitStore is a turnkey solution, enabled by BenefitStore, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary insurance agency, 
that makes available directly to employees a broad array of voluntary and ancillary benefits through insurance 
consulting and brokerage services for employer sponsored and individual products such as transit, 
supplemental life and disability, among others, to provide a more comprehensive and customizable benefits 
package.

Core & Advanced Analytics is our data analytics solution that helps employers make more informed, data-
driven decisions about their benefits offerings. This product aggregates benefit cost and claims data from 
relevant sources and allows customers to analyze, forecast, and monitor costs. Core & Advanced Analytics 
enables employers and their advisors to identify cost drivers, recognize trends, and predict future risks and 
costs. Additional analytical capabilities create “what-if” scenarios to model different variables, such as co-pays, 
deductibles, benefits, inflation, and member populations.

ACA Compliance & Reporting is our solution that helps employers manage ACA compliance by consolidating 
and automating IRS reporting. Additionally, Benefitfocus is an approved transmitter, allowing us to 
electronically file required ACA compliance documents with the Internal Revenue Service on behalf of our 
customers.

eBilling & Payment is a comprehensive, dynamic electronic invoice presentment and payment (EIPP) 
application that synchronizes enrollment and billing information to streamline the monthly billing process, 
automate adjustments and increase accuracy of payments. eBilling & Payment gives employers the ability to 
automate or schedule single-invoice payments to all of their benefit providers. Employers can drill down by 
employee to see coverage level and plan, or focus in by vendor, benefit type or internal cost control center to 
gain more insight into cost drivers.

8

 
Professional Services and Customer Support







Implementation Services. We provide implementation services to our customers in order to help ensure 
seamless deployment and effective utilization of our solutions. Our carrier and employer implementation teams 
and third-party system integrators in our Benefitfocus Implementation Program follow a five-step approach for 
each implementation:











Discovery, including project planning and coordination to establish key milestones, documenting business 
and technical requirements, establishing a deployment strategy, and planning operational and market 
adoption activities.

Configuration and deployment, including configuring products to meet requirements identified during 
discovery, and defining needs for data exchange, payroll integration, and file transfer protocol.

Integration, including connecting the Benefitfocus Platform functionality to a customer’s currently existing 
systems, such as carrier membership and billing, payroll and HR systems, employee communications, 
intranets, and others.

Testing, including testing of various scenarios and uses cases, inbound and outbound payroll integration, 
and regression testing.

Training and technical support, including sessions to learn how to implement and access our products.

Benefits Service Center. We provide employers with expanded support services where our benefits specialists 
help customers’ employees understand benefit offerings, navigate the enrollment process, and find answers to 
frequently asked HR questions. Our Benefits Service Center provides employees with personalized, guided 
support. Additional services, such as fulfillment, dependent verification, and HR administration, are available to 
meet unique organizational needs.

Video. We create video and animated content that can be licensed within our applications or independently for 
distribution via client portals or websites. Benefitfocus provides a comprehensive video library and also can 
produce custom videos to meet specific communication requirements of its carrier and employer customers. 
Our staff of executive producers, project managers, writers, graphic designers, editors, and on-camera talent 
guide customers through the process from concept development to delivery. Benefitfocus hosts videos, 
eliminating the need for additional investments or internal IT resources by our customers. In addition, we 
incorporate our customers’ unique branding to provide a seamless extension of corporate websites and 
messaging.

Partner Offerings



Integrations. We allow our partners and customers to develop custom apps that integrate directly with 
Benefitfocus Marketplace. The open and flexible nature of our software architecture allows us to build deeper 
integrations with partner organizations and offer custom services in response to customer demand. Apps are 
organized into the following categories: voluntary benefits, health and wellness, benefits administration, 
finance, and communication.  Some examples include:









RedBrick Health provides access to customizable health assessments, digital coaching, tracking and 
challenges.

LifeLock allows employees to purchase identity theft protection when they are enrolling in other benefit 
programs.

SAP SuccessFactors provides employee performance management solutions. We partnered with them to 
create a full HR and benefits management suite that combines employee talent, profile, and core HR 
information to help drive employee onboarding, promotion, and development. The SAP SuccessFactors 
suite of products provides an enterprise-class system of record, as well as powerful analytics and intuitive 
tools.

WageWorks supports benefits such as health savings accounts, flexible spending accounts, and health 
reimbursement programs, as well as commuter benefits, direct billing, and COBRA, through a single sign-
on from our platform.

9

 
Customers

Our customers include employers of all sizes across a variety of industries and some of the nation’s largest 
insurance carriers and aggregators. The following is a list of some of our significant employer and carrier customers. 

Employer Customers
Amerigas Propane, Inc.
Brooks Brothers Group, Inc.
Cancer Treatment Centers of America Global, Inc.
Columbia Sportswear Company
Fender Musical Instruments Corporation
Rush University Medical Center
Under Armour, Inc.

  Carrier Customers
  Aetna Life Insurance Company
  Allstate Insurance Company
  Anthem, Inc. (formerly Wellpoint, Inc.)
  Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Florida, Inc.
  Blue Cross and Blue Shield of South Carolina, Inc.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, one customer accounted for 11.4% of total revenue. No other customer 

accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our software solutions through our direct sales organization. Our direct sales team comprises employer-

focused and carrier-focused field sales professionals who are organized primarily by geography and account size.

We generate customer leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing 
programs and strategic relationships. Our marketing programs target HR, benefits, and finance executives, technology 
professionals, and senior business leaders. Our principal marketing programs include:











use of our website to provide application and company information, as well as learning opportunities for 
potential customers;

territory development representatives who respond to incoming leads and convert them into new sales 
opportunities;

participation in, and sponsorship of, user conferences, executive events, trade shows and industry events, 
including our annual user and partner conference, One Place;

integrated marketing campaigns, including direct email, online web advertising, blogs and webinars; and

public relations, analyst relations and social media initiatives.

We also sell our software solutions through strategic partners including Mercer LLC (“Mercer”) and SAP SE.

Technology Infrastructure and Operations

As an enterprise cloud software vendor, we have always deployed our solutions using a SaaS model. Our 

customers access our software via the web or mobile devices, rather than by installing software on their premises. 
Through our multi-tenant platform, our customers access a single instance of our software with multiple possible 
configurations enabled by our metadata-driven framework. The multi-tenant approach provides significant operating 
leverage and improved efficiency as it helps us to reduce our fixed cost base and minimize unused capacity on our 
hardware. In addition, our software architecture gives us an advantage over vendors of legacy systems, who may be 
using a less flexible architecture that would require significant time and expense to update.

We host our applications and serve all of our customers from two redundant data centers in separate locations. We 

rely on third-party vendors to operate these data centers, which are designed to host mission-critical computer systems 
and have industry-standard measures in place to minimize service interruptions. Our technical operations staff manages 
the technology stacks supporting the Benefitfocus Platform and uses automated monitoring tools throughout our system 
to detect unusual events or malfunctions that could interfere with our customers’ or partners’ use of the Benefitfocus 
Platform. We monitor application health by verifying that all applications, interfaces and supporting middleware are 
operational. If our monitoring tools detect a problem, our technical operations staff receives notice, who responds 
immediately to diagnose and resolve the problem. We take the security of our data and our systems very seriously, and 
we focus on minimizing the risk of vulnerabilities in our system at every level of software design and system and network 
administration.

10

 
 
 
   
 
Compliance and Certifications 

We obtain third-party examinations of our controls relating to security and data privacy. Certain examinations are 

conducted under Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements, or SSAE, No. 16 (Reporting on Controls at a 
Service Organization). In particular, we obtain Service Organization Controls, or SOC, reports known as SOC 1 Type II 
and SOC 2 Type II audits that test the design and operating effectiveness of controls over a period of time. An 
independent auditor conducts these examinations annually and addresses, among other areas, our physical and 
environmental safeguards for production data centers, data availability and procedures covering integrity, change 
management, and logical security. 

On an annual basis, we complete an internal audit of compliance against the Payment Card Industry Data Security 

Standards, or PCI-DSS, applicable to Level 1 service providers. These standards focus on application and network 
security controls for companies that transmit and store credit card data on behalf of clients. Benefitfocus meets PCI 
compliance requirements as a Level 1 service provider and submits its Report on Compliance and Attestation of 
Compliance documenting this assessment to the four major credit card brands annually.

In addition to PCI-DDS, Benefitfocus meets all applicable security requirements required by the National Automated 

Clearinghouse Association, or NACHA, for third-party service providers, as well as all requirements for Covered Entities 
as required by HIPAA. We validate both NACHA and HIPAA compliance annually through internal audits.

Competition

While we do not believe any single competitor offers similarly expansive software solutions, we face competition 
from various sources, many of which have greater resources than us. Competition in our employer segment includes:









ERP software companies, including Oracle (PeopleSoft), Infor (Lawson) and Workday each offering a cloud-
based benefits administration software solution;

HR outsourcing companies, including companies such as Towers Watson, both of which have recently 
launched benefits exchange solutions;

payroll service providers, including ADP and Paychex, both of which have expanded their core payroll services 
to include some form of cloud-based benefits administration services; and

various niche software vendors. 

Competitors in our carrier segment include:







insurance carriers that have invested in internally developed benefit management solutions;

member services companies, including those providing web-based subscriber enrollment and claims 
adjudication services, such as Trizetto (acquired by Cognizant) and DST Health Solutions; and

various niche software vendors.

We believe that competition for benefits software and services is based primarily on the following factors:



















capability for customization through configuration, integration, security, scalability, and reliability of 
applications;

competitive and understandable pricing;

breadth and depth of application functionality;

size of customer base and level of user adoption;

extensive data exchange network;

cloud-based delivery model;

dynamic communication capabilities with contextual media, animation, and acknowledgement tools;

ability to integrate with legacy enterprise infrastructures and third-party applications;

domain expertise in benefits and healthcare consumerism;

11

 














extensive base of rules and event-driven benefit eligibility and enrollment;

accessible on any browser or mobile device;

modern and adaptive technology platform;

access to third-party apps;

clearly defined implementation timeline;

customer-branding and styling; and 

ability to innovate and respond to customer and legislative needs rapidly.

We believe that we compete effectively based upon all of these criteria, and that we are likely to continue to retain a 

high percentage of our customers from year to year. Nonetheless, we believe that the increasing acceptance of 
automated solutions in the healthcare marketplace and the adoption of more sophisticated technology and continuing 
legislative reform will result in increased competition, including potentially from large software companies with greater 
resources than ours. Other companies might develop superior or more economical service offerings that our customers 
could find more attractive than our offerings. Moreover, the regulatory landscape might shift in a direction that is more 
strategically advantageous to competitors.

Research and Development

Our ability to compete depends, in large part, on our continuous commitment to rapidly introduce new applications, 

technologies, features, and functionality. We deliver multiple software releases per year, updating the Benefitfocus 
Platform to leverage advances in cloud computing, mobile applications, and data management. Our research and 
development team is responsible for the design and development of our applications. We follow state-of-the-art practices 
in software development using modern programming languages, data storage systems, and other tools. We use both 
commercial and open source products, following a “best tool for the job” philosophy in product selection. Our software has 
a multi-tiered architecture that ensures flexibility to add or modify features quickly in response to changing market 
dynamics, customer needs, or regulatory requirements.

Our research and development expenses were $56.6 million, $52.3 million and $41.7 million for the years 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Intellectual Property 

We rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws, license agreements, confidentiality 

procedures, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements, and technical measures to protect the intellectual property 
used in our business. We generally enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with our associates, 
consultants, vendors, and customers. We also seek to control access to and distribution of our software, documentation, 
and other proprietary information.

We use numerous trademarks for our products and services, and “Benefitfocus”, “HR InTouch”, “HR InTouch 

Marketplace”, “All Your Benefits. One Place.”, “All Your Benefits. In Your Pocket.”, and “Shop. Enroll. Manage. Exchange.” 
are registered marks of Benefitfocus in the United States. Through claimed common law trademark protection, we also 
protect other Benefitfocus marks which identify our services, such as Benefitfocus eEnrollment, Benefitfocus eBilling, 
Benefitfocus eExchange, and Benefitfocus eSales, and we have reserved numerous domain names, including 
“benefitfocus.com”. We also have registered trademarks and pending trademark applications in foreign jurisdictions such 
as Australia, Canada, India, Israel, Ireland, New Zealand, South Africa, and the United Kingdom.

We have been granted five U.S. patents (utility patents) and have five U.S. patent applications (all for utility patents) 

pending. Our first patent, which protects specified systems and methods for the automatic creation of agent-based 
systems, was issued in April 2013 and will not expire until May 2030. Our second patent, which protects specified systems 
and methods for secure agent information, was issued in October 2013 and will not expire until November 19, 2030. Our 
third patent, which protects registration and execution of highly concurrent processing tasks, was issued in January 2015 
and will not expire until February 2032. Our two patents issued in 2016 and expiring in 2033 protect systems and methods 
for classifying and analyzing computer system runtime events and intercepting and adjusting for behaviors through the 
configuration of computer system runtime settings. We also have two Chinese, two Japanese and one Australian, 
Taiwanese, and Hong Kong patents and a number of pending patent applications under foreign jurisdictions and treaties, 

12

 
such as Australia, Canada, China, Hong Kong, India, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, the European Patent Convention, and 
the Patent Cooperation Treaty.

We also rely on certain intellectual property rights that we license from third parties. Although we believe that 
alternative technologies are generally available to replace such licenses, these third-party technologies may not continue 
to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms.

Although we rely on intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, patents, copyrights, and trademarks, as well 
as contractual protections to establish and protect our proprietary rights, we believe that factors such as the technological 
and creative skills of our personnel, creation of new modules, features and functionality, and frequent enhancements to 
our applications are more essential to establishing and maintaining our technology leadership position.

The steps we have taken to protect our copyrights, trademarks, and other intellectual property may not be adequate, 

and the potential exists that third parties could infringe, misappropriate, or misuse our intellectual property. If this were to 
occur, it could harm our reputation and adversely affect our competitive position or operations. In addition, laws of other 
jurisdictions may not protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights from unauthorized use or disclosure in the 
same manner as the United States. The risk of unauthorized use of our proprietary and intellectual property rights may 
increase as our company expands outside of the United States.

Government Regulation

Introduction

The employee benefits industry is required to comply with extensive and complex U.S. laws and regulations at the 
federal and state levels. Although many regulatory and governmental requirements do not directly apply to our business, 
our customers are required to comply with a variety of U.S. laws, and we may be impacted by these laws as a result of 
our contractual obligations. For many of these laws, there is little history of regulatory or judicial interpretation upon which 
to rely. 

Requirements of PPACA

Our business could be affected by changes in healthcare spending. In March 2010, President Obama signed into 

law PPACA. PPACA changed how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded 
coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced Medicare program spending and insurance market reforms. PPACA required 
states to expand Medicaid coverage significantly and establish health insurance exchanges to facilitate the purchase of 
health insurance by individuals and small employers and provided subsidies to states to create non-Medicaid plans for 
certain low-income residents.

Although numerous lawsuits challenged the constitutionality of PPACA, the U.S. Supreme Court upheld the 

constitutionality of PPACA except for provisions that would have allowed the U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services, or HHS, to penalize states that did not implement the Medicaid expansion with the loss of existing federal 
Medicaid funding. Consequently, a number of states opted out of the Medicaid expansion. Since that time, several states 
that initially opted out of the Medicaid expansion changed their minds and expanded Medicaid after all. While many of the 
provisions of PPACA will not be directly applicable to us, PPACA, as currently implemented, might affect the business of 
many of our customers. Carriers and large employers might experience changes in the numbers of individuals they insure 
as a result of Medicaid expansion and the creation of state and national exchanges, though it is unclear how many states 
will decline to implement the Medicaid expansion or adopt state-specific exchanges. 

The long-term viability of PPACA is also currently in doubt. We expect that the U.S. federal government will seek to 

modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of PPACA.  For instance, on January 20, 2017, an 
executive order was issued which stated that it is the U.S. federal government’s policy to seek the prompt repeal of 
PPACA, and directed the heads of all executive departments and agencies to minimize the economic and regulatory 
burdens of PPACA to the maximum extent permitted by law. Should Congress or the courts modify, repeal or otherwise 
invalidate PPACA or any parts of its provisions, the business of our customers could be substantially affected.

Requirements Regarding the Confidentiality, Privacy and Security of Personal Information

HIPAA and Other Privacy and Security Requirements.    There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and 
regulations related to the privacy and security of personal health information. In particular, regulations promulgated 

13

 
pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, establish privacy and security 
standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information and require the implementation of 
administrative, physical and technological safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually 
identifiable health information in electronic form. Health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and most providers are 
considered by the HIPAA regulations to be “Covered Entities.” With respect to our operations as a healthcare 
clearinghouse, we are directly subject to the Privacy Standards and the Security Standards. In addition, our carrier 
customers, or payors, are considered to be Covered Entities and are required to enter into written agreements with us, 
known as Business Associate Agreements, under which we are considered to be a Business Associate and that require 
us to safeguard individually identifiable health information and restrict how we may use and disclose such information. 
Effective February 2010, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, extended the direct application 
of some provisions of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards to us when we are functioning as a Business 
Associate of our Covered Entity customers. The Privacy Standards extensively regulate the use and disclosure of 
individually identifiable health information by Covered Entities and their Business Associates. For example, the Privacy 
Standards permit Covered Entities and their Business Associates to use and disclose individually identifiable health 
information for treatment and to process claims for payment, but other uses and disclosures, such as marketing 
communications, require written authorization from the individual or must meet an exception specified under the Privacy 
Standards. The Privacy Standards also provide patients with rights related to understanding and controlling how their 
health information is used and disclosed. Effective February 2010 or later (in the case of restrictions tied to the issuance 
of implementing regulations), ARRA imposed stricter limitations on certain types of uses and disclosures, such as 
additional restrictions on marketing communications and the sale of individually identifiable health information. To the 
extent permitted by the Privacy Standards, ARRA and our contracts with our customers, we may use and disclose 
individually identifiable health information to perform our services and for other limited purposes, such as creating de-
identified information. Determining whether data has been sufficiently de-identified to comply with the Privacy Standards 
and our contractual obligations may require complex factual and statistical analyses and may be subject to interpretation. 
The Security Standards require Covered Entities and their Business Associates to implement and maintain administrative, 
physical and technical safeguards to protect the security of individually identifiable health information that is electronically 
transmitted or electronically stored.

If we are unable to properly protect the privacy and security of health information entrusted to us, we could be found 

to have breached our contracts with our customers. Further, if we fail to comply with the Privacy Standards and Security 
Standards while acting as a Covered Entity or Business Associate, we could face civil and criminal penalties. ARRA 
significantly increased the amount of the civil penalties to up to $50,000 per violation for a maximum civil penalty of $1.5 
million in a calendar year for violations of the same requirement. Recently, the U.S. Department of Health and Human 
Services Office for Civil Rights, which enforces the Security Standards and Privacy Standards, appears to have increased 
its enforcement activities. ARRA also strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA, which may result in further 
increases in enforcement activity. ARRA also authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions seeking either 
injunctions or damages in response to violations of HIPAA privacy and security regulations that threaten the privacy of 
state residents. We have implemented and maintain policies and processes to assist us in complying with the Privacy 
Standards, the Security Standards and our contractual obligations. 

Data Protection and Breaches.    In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches 

involving the improper dissemination of personal information of individuals. Many states have responded to these 
incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in 
response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals. In many cases, 
these laws are limited to electronic data, but states are increasingly enacting or considering stricter and broader 
requirements. Covered Entities must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to affected individuals 
without unreasonable delay, but not to exceed 60 days of discovery of the breach by a Covered Entity or its agents. 
Notification must also be made to HHS and, in certain circumstances involving large breaches, to the media. Business 
Associates must report breaches of unsecured protected health information to Covered Entities within 60 days of 
discovery of the breach by the Business Associate or its agents. The Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, has prosecuted 
some data breach cases as unfair and deceptive acts or practices under the Federal Trade Commission Act. Further, by 
regulation, the FTC requires creditors, which may include some of our customers, to implement identity theft prevention 
programs to detect, prevent and mitigate identity theft in connection with customer accounts. Although Congress passed 
legislation that restricts the definition of “creditor” and exempts many health providers from complying with this rule, we 
may be required to apply additional resources to our existing processes to assist our affected customers in complying with 
this rule. We have implemented and maintain physical, technical and administrative safeguards intended to protect all 
personal data and have processes in place to assist us in complying with all applicable laws and regulations regarding the 
protection of this data and properly responding to any security breaches or incidents. 

14

 
Other Requirements.    In addition to HIPAA, numerous other U.S. state and federal laws govern the collection, 
dissemination, use, access to and confidentiality of individually identifiable health information and healthcare provider 
information. Some states also are considering new laws and regulations that further protect the confidentiality, privacy and 
security of medical records or other types of medical information. In many cases, these state laws are not preempted by 
the Privacy Standards and may be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities. Further, 
Congress and a number of states have considered or are considering prohibitions or limitations on the disclosure of 
medical or other information to individuals or entities located outside of the United States.

HIPAA Administrative Simplification

HIPAA also mandated a package of interlocking administrative simplification rules to establish standards and 
requirements for the electronic transmission of certain healthcare claims and payment transactions. These regulations are 
intended to encourage electronic commerce in the healthcare industry and apply directly to Covered Entities. Some of our 
businesses, including our healthcare clearinghouse operations, are considered Covered Entities under HIPAA and its 
implementing regulations.

Transaction Standards.    The standard transaction regulations established under HIPAA, or Transaction Standards, 

mandate certain format and data content standards for the most common electronic healthcare transactions, using technical 
standards promulgated by recognized standards publishing organizations. These transactions include healthcare claims, 
enrollment, payment and eligibility. The Transaction Standards are applicable to that portion of our business involving the 
processing of healthcare transactions among payors, providers, patients and other healthcare industry constituents. Failure 
to comply with the Transaction Standards may subject us to civil and potentially criminal penalties and breach of contract 
claims. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, is responsible for enforcing the Transaction Standards.

Payors who are unable to exchange data in the required standard formats can achieve Transaction Standards 
compliance by contracting with a clearinghouse to translate between standard and non-standard formats. As a result, use 
of a clearinghouse has allowed numerous payors to establish compliance with the Transaction Standards independently 
and at different times, reducing transition costs and risks. In addition, the standardization of formats and data standards 
envisioned by the Transaction Standards has only partially occurred. However, PPACA requires HHS to establish 
operating rules to promote uniformity in the implementation of each standardized electronic transaction. PPACA sets forth 
a schedule with staggered deadlines for the development of and compliance with operating rules for the other 
standardized electronic transactions, with all operating rules finalized and requiring compliance by December 31, 2015. 
On June 30, 2011, HHS released an interim final rule that would require health plans, healthcare clearinghouses, and 
certain healthcare providers to implement operating rules for two electronic transactions, relating to whether a patient is 
eligible for healthcare coverage and the status of claims submitted to an insurer, by January 1, 2013. Under PPACA, 
payors and service contractors of payors, including, in some cases, us, will be required to certify compliance with these 
standards to HHS. The compliance date for the certification requirement depends on the type of transaction, with the 
earliest certification required by December 31, 2013. We cannot provide assurance regarding how the CMS will enforce 
the Transaction Standards. We continue to work with payors, healthcare information system vendors and other healthcare 
constituents to implement fully the Transaction Standards.

In January 2009, CMS published a final rule adopting updated standard code sets for diagnoses and procedures 

known as the ICD-10 code sets. A separate final rule also published by CMS in January 2009 resulted in changes to the 
formats to be used for electronic transactions, known as Version 5010. The use of Version 5010 became mandatory on 
January 1, 2012, but CMS delayed enforcement until July 1, 2012. The use of the ICD-10 code sets was originally 
required by October 1, 2013, but HHS extended this deadline twice, with a final implementation date of October 1, 2015. It 
is not known whether HHS will further the delay implementation of the ICD-10 code sets. We have modified our systems 
and processes to implement these changes. 

Health Plan and Other Entity Identifiers.    HHS has promulgated regulations implementing the establishment of a 

unique health plan identifier, or HPID. Similar to a provider’s national provider identifier, the HPID provides an 
identification system for health plans to use for electronic transactions. HHS has also promulgated regulations 
implementing another entity identifier, or OEID, that serves as an identifier for entities that are not health plans, health 
care providers or individuals. These other entities, which include third-party administrators, transaction vendors, and 
clearinghouses, are not required to obtain an OEID, but they could obtain and use one if they needed to be identified in 
standardized transactions. The implementation of the enforcement of the HPID and OEID process has been indefinitely 
delayed by HHS, and if implemented its impact on our business is unclear at this time.

15

 
Financial Services Related Laws and Rules

Financial services and electronic payment processing services are subject to numerous laws, regulations and 
industry standards, some of which might impact our operations and subject us, our vendors and our customers to liability 
as a result of the payment distribution and processing solutions we offer. Although we do not act as a bank, we offer 
solutions that involve banks, or vendors who contract with banks and other regulated providers of financial services. As a 
result, we might be impacted by banking and financial services industry laws, regulations and industry standards, such as 
licensing requirements, solvency standards, requirements to maintain the privacy and security of nonpublic personal 
financial information and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance limits. In addition, our patient billing 
and payment distribution and processing solutions might be impacted by payment card association operating rules, 
certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers. If we fail to comply with applicable payment 
processing rules or requirements, we might be subject to fines and changes in transaction fees and may lose our ability to 
process credit and debit card transactions or facilitate other types of billing and payment solutions. Moreover, payment 
transactions processed using the Automated Clearing House Network, or ACH, are subject to network operating rules 
promulgated by the National Automated Clearing House Association and to various federal laws regarding such 
operations, including laws pertaining to electronic funds transfers, and these rules and laws might impact our billing and 
payment solutions. Further, our solutions might impact the ability of our payor customers to comply with state prompt 
payment laws. These laws require payors to pay healthcare claims meeting the statutory or regulatory definition of a 
“clean claim” within a specified time frame.

Banking Regulation

The Goldman Sachs Group, affiliates of which owned approximately 20.5% of the voting and economic interest in 
our business as of December 31, 2016, is regulated as a bank holding company and a financial holding company under 
the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHC Act. Due to the size of its voting and economic interest, 
we are deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group and are therefore considered to be a non-bank 
“subsidiary” of The Goldman Sachs Group under the BHC Act. As a result, although we do not engage in banking 
operations, we are subject to regulation, supervision, examination and potential enforcement action by the Board of 
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve, and to most banking laws, regulations and orders that 
apply to The Goldman Sachs Group. In addition, certain restrictions applicable to Goldman Sachs under the BHC Act 
apply to the Company as well, and we may be subject to regulatory oversight and examination because we are a 
technology service provider to regulated financial institutions. The bank regulatory framework is intended primarily to 
protect the safety and soundness of depository institutions, the federal deposit insurance system, and depositors rather 
than our stockholders. Because of The Goldman Sachs Group’s status as a bank holding company and a financial holding 
company, we have agreed to certain covenants for the benefit of The Goldman Sachs Group that are intended to facilitate 
its compliance with the BHC Act. 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or Dodd-Frank Act, was signed into 

law by President Obama on July 21, 2010, including Title VI known as the “Volcker Rule”. US financial regulators 
approved final rules to implement the Volcker Rule in December 2013. The Volcker Rule, in relevant part, restricts 
banking entities from proprietary trading (subject to certain exemptions) and from acquiring or retaining any equity, 
partnership or other interests in, or sponsoring, a private equity fund, subject to satisfying certain conditions, and from 
engaging in certain transactions with funds. On February 3, 2017, President Trump signed an executive order entitled 
“Presidential Executive Order on Core Principles for Regulating the United States Financial System”. The executive order 
requires the Secretary of the Treasury to consult with the heads of the member agencies of the Financial Stability 
Oversight Council (including the Federal Reserve) and report to the president within 120 days of the date of the executive 
order on the extent to which existing laws, regulations, and other policies promote the core principles outlined in the order. 
The report must also identify any laws, regulations, and other policies that inhibit financial regulation in a manner 
consistent with the core principles. The extent to which this executive order may ultimately result in changes to financial 
services laws, regulations, and policies applicable to us is not currently known.

Under the current legislation, we will continue to be deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group for 

purposes of the BHC Act and, therefore, we will continue to be subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve and to the 
BHC Act, as well as certain other banking laws, regulations and orders that apply to The Goldman Sachs Group. We will 
remain subject to this regulatory regime until The Goldman Sachs Group is no longer deemed to control us for bank 
regulatory purposes, which we do not generally have the ability to control and which will not occur until The Goldman 
Sachs Group has significantly reduced its voting and economic interest in us. We cannot predict the ownership level at 
which the Federal Reserve would consider us no longer controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group, but it could be less 
than 10%.

16

 
The Goldman Sachs Group and its subsidiaries, including Benefitfocus, generally may conduct only activities that 

are authorized for a bank holding company or a “financial holding company” under the BHC Act. The scope of services we 
may provide to our customers is limited under the BHC Act to those which are (i) financial in nature or incidental to 
financial activities (including data processing services such as those that we provide with our software solutions) or 
(ii) complementary to a financial activity and which do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of 
depository institutions or the financial system generally. We believe that our current and anticipated business activities are 
permitted under the BHC Act.

Any failure of The Goldman Sachs Group to maintain its status as a financial holding company could result in 
substantial limitations on our activities and our growth. In particular, our permissible activities could be further restricted to 
only those that constitute banking or activities closely related to banking. The Goldman Sachs Group’s loss of its financial 
holding company status could be caused by several factors, including any failure by The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank 
subsidiaries to remain sufficiently capitalized, by any examination downgrade of one of The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank 
subsidiaries, or by any failure of one of The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank subsidiaries to maintain a satisfactory rating 
under the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act broadened the requirements for maintaining 
financial holding company status by also requiring the holding company to remain “well capitalized” and “well managed”. 
We have no ability to prevent such occurrences from happening.

The Federal Reserve has broad enforcement authority over us, including the power to prohibit us from conducting 

any activity that, in the Federal Reserve’s opinion, is unauthorized or constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice in 
conducting our business. The Federal Reserve may approve, deny or refuse to act upon applications or notices for The 
Goldman Sachs Group and its subsidiaries to conduct new activities, acquire or divest businesses or assets, or 
reconfigure existing operations. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations 
of applicable banking laws, regulations and orders. The Dodd-Frank Act strengthened the Federal Reserve’s supervisory 
and enforcement authority over a bank holding company’s non-bank affiliates. We do not believe that any of our current or 
anticipated business activities will require Federal Reserve approval.

There are limits on the ability of The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank subsidiaries to extend credit to or conduct other 
transactions with us. In general, any loans to us from a bank subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group must be on market 
terms and secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are limited to 10% of the lending bank’s capital stock 
and surplus. Statutory changes made by the Dodd-Frank Act place certain additional restrictions on transactions between 
us and The Goldman Sachs Group, which we do not expect to be material to us.

Geographic Areas

We operate solely in the United States. As such, we held substantially all our assets and generated all our revenue 

in the United States during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in June 2000 as Benefitfocus.com, Inc., a South Carolina corporation. In September 2013, we 

reincorporated in Delaware as Benefitfocus, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Benefitfocus Way, 
Charleston, South Carolina 29492, and our phone number is (843) 849-7476. Our website address is 
www.benefitfocus.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this report. We 
currently employ approximately 1,430 associates.

Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers as of February 24, 2017: 

Name
Shawn A. Jenkins
Raymond A. August
Mason R. Holland, Jr.
Jeffrey M. Laborde
James P. Restivo

  Age

  Position

49  Chief Executive Officer, Director
55  President and Chief Operating Officer
52  Executive Chairman, Director
44  Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary
56  Chief Technology Officer

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shawn A. Jenkins—Chief Executive Officer and Director

Shawn Jenkins, one of our founders, has been our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors 
since our founding in June 2000, and in addition to these roles, served as our President from June 2000 to March 2015. 
Prior to founding Benefitfocus, from 1995 to 2000, he served as Vice President with American Pensions, Inc., leading 
sales, operations, and technology. From 1994 to 1995, Mr. Jenkins was a program analyst with Rockwell Automation Inc. 
(NYSE:ROK). Mr. Jenkins serves on the Advisory Board for the School of Computing at Clemson University, Medical 
University of South Carolina Foundation Board of Directors, College of Charleston Board of Governors, and Charleston 
Southern University Board of Visitors. He previously served as Chairman of the Growing Forward Campaign for the 
Lowcountry Food Bank. Mr. Jenkins received an M.B.A. from Charleston Southern University and a B.A. from Geneva 
College in Beaver Falls, Pennsylvania.

Raymond A. August—President and Chief Operating Officer 

Raymond August has served as our Chief Operating Officer since August 2014 and was promoted to the title of 
President and Chief Operating Officer in March 2015. Prior to joining Benefitfocus, Mr. August served as the General 
Manager of the Computer Sciences Corp., or CSC, Financial Services Group since October 2012. Prior to that, from 
March 2008 to September 2012, he served as CSC’s President of the Financial Services Group. Since July 2013 he has 
served as a member of the Executive Advisory council for Arthur Ventures Private Equity Fund. Mr. August earned a B.S. 
in Accounting and Management Science from the University of South Carolina and is a Certified Public Accountant. 

Mason R. Holland, Jr.—Executive Chairman of the Board

Mason Holland, one of our founders, has been our Executive Chairman and a member of our board of directors 
since our founding in June 2000. Mr. Holland is responsible for the coordination of strategic partnerships with industry 
leaders and client relations. Mr. Holland founded American Pensions, Inc. in 1988, serving as its Chairman and President 
from 1988 to 2003. Mr. Holland’s other ventures have included establishing Holland Properties, LLC, a real estate 
development firm, in 1989, and acquiring Eclipse Aerospace, Inc., a jet aircraft manufacturer, in May 2009, for which he 
served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until its merger with Kestrel Aircraft in April 2015 to form ONE Aviation. 
Mr. Holland has served as Chairman of ONE Aviation since its formation. Mr. Holland attended Old Dominion University in 
Norfolk, Virginia.

Jeffrey M. Laborde—Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Assistant Secretary

Jeffrey Laborde began serving as our Chief Financial Officer in September 2016. He also serves as our Treasurer 

and Assistant Secretary. From June 2015 to July 2016, Mr. Laborde served as the Chief Financial Officer of Infor, Inc. 
From July 2012 to April 2015, he was the Chief Financial Officer of SumTotal Systems, LLC. Mr. Laborde served the 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. Technology, Media & Telecom Investment Banking Group as a Managing Director from December 
2008 to June 2012 and as a Vice President in the same group from May 2006 to November 2008. Prior to that, Mr. 
Laborde was a Vice President in Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation’s Technology Investment Banking Group and an 
auditor for Arthur Andersen LLP in its Audit and Business Advisory – Enterprise Group. Mr. Laborde received his M.B.A. 
from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and his B.S. in Commerce, Business Administration and 
Accounting from Washington and Lee University.

James P. Restivo—Chief Technology Officer 

James Restivo began serving as our Chief Technology Officer in January 2016. Prior to joining Benefitfocus, Mr. 

Restivo served as Vice President, Chief Technology Officer of Dodge Data & Analytics LLC beginning in February 2015. 
From December 2012 to September 2014, Mr. Restivo served as Vice President, Chief Technology Officer of Smarter 
Workforce at International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”). Prior to that, beginning in October 2006, Mr. Restivo 
served as Chief Technology Officer of Kenexa Corporation where he managed global public Human Capital Management 
R&D, SaaS operations and information security before the company was purchased by IBM. Mr. Restivo received a B.S. 
in computer science, applied mathematics and statistics from Stony Brook University and an M.S. from the Massachusetts 
Institute of Technology in computer science.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 1,430 full-time associates, or employees. None of our associates is 

represented by a labor union, and we consider our current relations with our associates to be good.

18

 
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and 

uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the 
consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of 
the following risks were to materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future growth prospects 
could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you 
could lose part or all of your investment in our common stock. 

Risks Related to Our Business 

We have had a history of losses, and we might not be able to achieve or sustain profitability. 

We experienced net losses of $ 40.1 million, $62.1 million, and $63.2 million for the years ended December 31, 
2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. We cannot predict if we will achieve sustained profitability in the near future or at all. 
We expect to make significant future expenditures to develop and expand our business. In addition, as a public company, 
we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These increased 
expenditures will make it harder for us to achieve and maintain future profitability. Our recent growth in revenue and 
number of customers might not be sustainable, and we might not achieve sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain 
profitability. We could incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and 
other unknown events. Accordingly, we might not be able to achieve or maintain profitability and we may incur significant 
losses for the foreseeable future. 

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and might continue to fluctuate, causing the value of 
our common stock to decline substantially. 

Our quarterly operating results might fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. 
As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis might not be meaningful. You should not rely on 
our past results as indicative of our future performance. Moreover, our stock price might be based on expectations of 
future performance that are unrealistic or that we might not meet and, if our revenue or operating results fall below the 
expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. For example, 
on July 29, 2016, the first trading day after we publically announced the resignation of our former Chief Financial Officer, 
our stock price dropped almost $1.50 per share, or 3.4%, to $43.00.

Our operating results have varied in the past. In addition to other risk factors listed in this section, some of the 

important factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include:





















our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, including the rate of expansion of our sales force;

the extent to which our products and services achieve or maintain market acceptance;

changes in the regulatory environment related to benefits and healthcare;

our ability to introduce new products and services and enhancements to our existing products and services on 
a timely basis;

new competitors and the introduction of enhanced products and services from competitors;

the financial condition of our current and potential customers;

changes in customer budgets and procurement policies;

the amount and timing of our investment in research and development activities;

technical difficulties with our products or interruptions in our services;

regulatory compliance costs;

19

 




the timing, size, and integration success of potential future acquisitions; and

unforeseen legal expenses, including litigation and settlement costs.

In addition, a significant portion of our operating expense is relatively fixed in nature, and planned expenditures are 
based in part on expectations regarding future revenue. Accordingly, unexpected revenue shortfalls might decrease our 
gross margins and could cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter. If this occurs, the 
trading price of our common stock could fall substantially, either suddenly or over time.

Because we recognize revenue and expense relating to monthly subscriptions and professional services over 
varying periods, downturns or upturns in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our operating results. 

As a SaaS company, we recognize our subscription revenue monthly for the term of our contracts and recognize the 
majority of our professional services revenue ratably over the longer of the contract term or the estimated expected life of 
the customer relationship. As a result, a portion of the revenue we report each quarter is the recognition of deferred 
revenue from contracts we entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a shortfall in demand for our software 
solutions and professional services or a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter might not significantly 
reduce our revenue for that quarter, but could negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of 
significant downturns in new or renewed sales of our products and services is not reflected in full in our results of 
operations until future periods. Our revenue recognition model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue 
through additional sales in any period, because revenue from new customers must be recognized over the applicable 
term of the contracts or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship period. In addition, we recognize 
professional services expenses as incurred, which could cause professional services gross margin to be negative. 

As a result of our variable sales and implementation cycles, we might not be able to recognize revenue to offset 
expenditures, which could result in fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations or otherwise harm our 
future operating results. 

The sales cycle for our products and services can be variable, averaging four months in our employer market 
segment and 15 months in our carrier market segment, each from initial contact to contract execution. During the sales 
cycle, we expend time and resources, and we do not recognize any revenue to offset such expenditures. 

After a customer contract is signed, we provide an implementation process for the customer during which we 
establish and test appropriate integrations, connections and registrations, load data into our system, and train customer 
personnel. Our implementation cycle is also variable, typically ranging from four to five months for employer 
implementations and from eight to 10 months for complex carrier implementations, each from contract execution to 
completion of implementation. Some of our new customer projects are complex and require a lengthy set-up period and 
significant implementation work. During the implementation cycle, we expend substantial time, effort, and financial 
resources implementing our products and services, but accounting principles do not allow us to recognize the resulting 
revenue until implementation is complete and the services are available for use, at which time we begin recognition of 
implementation revenue over the longer of the life of the contract or the expected life of the customer relationship. Each 
customer’s situation is different, and unanticipated difficulties and delays might arise as a result of failure by us or by the 
customer to complete our respective responsibilities. If implementation periods are extended, revenue recognition could 
be delayed and our financial condition might be adversely affected. In addition, cancellation of any implementation after it 
has begun might result in lost time, effort, and expenses invested in the cancelled implementation process and lost 
opportunity for implementing paying clients in that same period of time. 

These factors might contribute to continuing losses and substantial fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. As 

a result, in future quarters, our operating results could fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, in 
which event our stock price would likely decline. 

Changes in, or interpretations of, existing accounting principles, including regarding revenue recognition and 
accounting for leases, and their implementation could have an adverse impact on our reported financial results. 

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These rules are subject to interpretation by the 
SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting principles. Changes in these rules or their 
interpretation could have a negative impact on our reported financial results and may retroactively affect previously 

20

 
reported transactions.  For example, in May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued an 
accounting standards update on revenue recognition, which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance 
under U.S. GAAP.  The new standard will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2018.  While we are continuing to 
assess all potential impacts of the standard, it has initially identified certain areas that might be more significantly affected, 
including the timing of revenue recognition for professional services and accounting for sales commissions.  In addition, in 
February 2016, FASB issued an accounting standards update on leases, requiring lessees, among other things, to 
recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under 
previous authoritative guidance. This update, which will be effective beginning January 1, 2019 with early adoption 
permitted, also introduces new disclosure requirements for leasing arrangements. We are currently evaluating the impact 
of this update on the consolidated financial statements, which could be material, given our related party leases. 
Implementation of these new standards, and any future accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines or 
interpretations, could have an adverse impact on our reported financial results, require that we make significant changes 
to our systems, processes and controls, or the way we conduct our business. 

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key associates or an inability to attract 
and retain highly skilled associates could adversely affect our business. 

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers and other associates. We 

also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, services, finance, and general and 
administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors in sales and research and development. From time 
to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, 
which could disrupt our business. For example, in 2015 three of our executive officers announced they were leaving the 
Company or transitioned into different roles, and in 2016 we hired a new Chief Technology Officer, a new Chief Financial 
Officer who subsequently resigned for family reasons, and his replacement. The loss of one or more of our executive 
officers or key associates could have a serious adverse effect on our business.  

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition is 

intense for sales people and for engineers with high levels of experience in designing and developing software and 
Internet-related services. We might not be successful in maintaining our unique culture and continuing to attract and retain 
qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the 
future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified 
personnel with SaaS experience and/or experience working with the benefits market is limited overall and specifically in 
Charleston, South Carolina, where our principal office is located. In addition, many of the companies with which we 
compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have and are located in geographic areas, like Silicon 
Valley, that may attract more qualified technology workers. 

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the Internet and high-technology industries, job 

candidates often consider the value of the equity awards they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility 
in the price of our stock might, therefore, adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. 
Furthermore, the requirement to expense certain stock awards might discourage us from granting the size or type of stock 
awards that job candidates require to join our company. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our 
current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be severely harmed.

We operate in a highly competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business and 
operating results will be harmed. 

The benefits management software market is highly competitive and is likely to attract increased competition, which 

could make it hard for us to succeed. Small, specialized providers continue to become more sophisticated and effective. 
In addition, large, well-financed, and technologically sophisticated software companies might focus more on our market. 
The size and financial strength of these entities is increasing as a result of continued consolidation in both the IT and 
healthcare industries. We expect large integrated software companies to become more active in our market, both through 
acquisitions and internal investment. In addition, insurance carriers may seek to bring certain of their benefits software 
solutions in-house, whether through acquisitions or internal investment. For example, Aetna, a customer of ours, owns 
bswift, a provider of insurance exchange technology solutions and benefits administration technology solutions and 
services. If Aetna were to decide to use bswift’s solution in place of any portion of the solutions we currently provide to 
them, then our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. As costs fall and technology 
improves, increased market saturation might change the competitive landscape in favor of our competitors. 

21

 
Some of our current large competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, and significantly 

greater resources than we do. As a result, our competitors might be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we 
can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements. In addition, current and 
potential competitors have established, and might in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of 
complementary products, technologies, or services to increase the availability of their products in the marketplace. 
Accordingly, new competitors or alliances might emerge that have greater market share, a larger customer base, more 
widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources, and larger sales forces 
than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Further, in light of these advantages, even if our 
products and services are more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept 
competitive offerings in lieu of purchasing our offerings. Increased competition is likely to result in pricing pressures, which 
could negatively impact our sales, profitability, or market share. In addition to new niche vendors, who offer standalone 
products and services, we face competition from existing enterprise vendors, including those currently focused on 
software solutions that have information systems in place with potential customers in our target market. These existing 
enterprise vendors might promise products or services that offer ease of integration with existing systems and which 
leverage existing vendor relationships. In addition, large insurance carriers often have internal technology staffs and 
proprietary software for benefits management, making them less likely to buy our solutions.

The market for our products and services is immature and volatile, and if it does not develop or if it develops 
more slowly than we expect, the growth of our business will be harmed. 

The cloud-based benefits management software market is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether it 
will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on 
the willingness of employers, carriers, and consumers to increase their use of benefits management software. Many 
employers and carriers have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate internally developed 
solutions or traditional enterprise software into their businesses for benefits management, and therefore might be reluctant 
or unwilling to migrate to our cloud-based solutions. Furthermore, some businesses might be reluctant to use cloud-based 
solutions because they have concerns about the security of their data and the reliability of the technology delivery model 
associated with these solutions. If employers, carriers and consumers do not perceive the benefits of our solutions, then 
our market might not develop at all, or it might develop more slowly than we expect, either of which could significantly 
adversely affect our operating results. In addition, we might make errors in predicting and reacting to relevant business 
trends, which could harm our business. If any of these risks occur, it could materially adversely affect our business, 
financial condition or results of operations.

The SaaS pricing model is evolving and our failure to manage its evolution and demand could lead to lower than 
expected revenue and profit. 

We derive most of our revenue growth from subscription offerings and, specifically, SaaS offerings. This business 

model depends heavily on achieving economies of scale because the initial upfront investment is costly and the 
associated revenue is recognized on a ratable basis. If we fail to achieve appropriate economies of scale or if we fail to 
manage or anticipate the evolution and demand of the SaaS pricing model, then our business and operating results could 
be adversely affected.

If we do not continue to innovate and provide products and services that are useful to consumers, employers, 
insurance carriers, and brokers and provide high quality support services, we might not remain competitive, and 
our revenue and operating results could suffer. 

Our success depends in part on providing products and services that consumers, employers, insurance carriers, and 

brokers will use to manage benefits. We must continue to invest significant resources in research and development in 
order to enhance our existing products and services and introduce new high quality products and services that customers 
will want. If we are unable to predict user preferences or industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our products and 
services on a timely basis, we might lose customers. Our operating results would also suffer if our innovations are not 
responsive to the needs of our customers, are not appropriately timed with market opportunity, or are not effectively 
brought to market. As technology continues to develop, our competitors might be able to offer results that are, or that are 
perceived to be, substantially similar to or better than those generated by us. This would force us to compete on additional 
product and service attributes and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive.

In addition, we may experience difficulties with software development, industry standards, design, or marketing that 

could delay or prevent our development, introduction, or implementation of new solutions and enhancements. The 

22

 
introduction of new solutions by competitors, the emergence of new industry standards, or the development of entirely 
new technologies to replace existing offerings could render our existing or future solutions obsolete.

Our success also depends on providing high quality support services to resolve any issues related to our products 

and services. High quality education and customer support is important for the successful marketing and sale of our 
products and services and for the renewal of existing customers. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues 
and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional products and services to existing customers would 
suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers would be harmed. 

If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our revenue and results of operations would be adversely 
affected. 

We sell our products and services pursuant to agreements that are generally one year for employers and three to 

five years for carriers. While our employer contracts generally automatically renew on an annual basis, our carrier 
customers have no obligation to renew their contracts after their contract period expires, and these contracts might not be 
renewed on the same or on more profitable terms if at all. Additionally, some of our carrier customers are able to 
terminate their respective contracts without cause or for convenience, although generally our carrier contracts are only 
cancellable by the carrier in an instance of our uncured breach. As a result, our ability to grow depends in part on the 
continuance and renewal of our carrier contracts. We may not be able to accurately predict future trends in customer 
renewals, and our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate because of several factors, including their level of 
satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our services, the cost of our services, the cost of services offered by our competitors, or 
reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our carrier customers terminate or do not renew their contracts for our 
services, renew on less favorable terms, or do not purchase additional functionality or products, our revenue may grow 
more slowly than expected or decline, and our profitability and gross margins may be harmed. 

A significant amount of our revenue is derived from our largest customers, and any reduction in revenue from 
any of these customers would reduce our revenue and net income. 

Our ten largest customers by revenue accounted for approximately 42.9%, 42.4% and 40.4% of our consolidated 

revenue in each of 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our largest customer by revenue accounted for approximately 
11.4% and 8.5% of our revenue in each of 2016 and 2015, respectively. In addition, one customer represented 14.0% of 
our accounts receivable at December 31, 2016 and another represented 12.8% and 22.2% at December 31, 2016 and 
2015, respectively. If any of our large customers or strategic partners decides not to renew its contracts with us, or to 
renew on less favorable terms, our business, revenues, reputation, and our ability to obtain new customers could be 
materially and adversely affected.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties. 

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on our relationships with third parties, 
including Mercer LLC, or Mercer, and its affiliates, SAP SE, and others such as technology and content providers, and 
third party system integrators. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires 
significant time and resources. Our expanded relationship with and February 2015 sale of stock to Mercer increases our 
reliance on it and related risks, including Mercer’s competitors being less likely to do business with us. Our competitors 
might be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce 
subscriptions to our products and services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners by our competitors could result in a 
decrease in the number of our current and potential customers, as our partners may no longer facilitate the adoption of 
our applications by potential customers. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third 
parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results may 
suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased customer use of 
our applications or increased revenue. 

23

 
If the number of individuals covered by our employer and carrier customers decreases or the number of products 
or services to which our employer and carrier customers subscribe decreases, our revenue will decrease. 

Under most of our customer contracts, we base our fees on the number of individuals to whom our customers 

provide benefits and the number of products or services subscribed to by our customers. Many factors may lead to a 
decrease in the number of individuals covered by our customers and the number of products or services subscribed to by 
our customers, including: 









failure of our customers to adopt or maintain effective business practices;

changes in the nature or operations of our customers;

government regulations; and

increased competition or other changes in the benefits marketplace.

If the number of individuals covered by our customers or the number of products or services subscribed to by our 

customers decreases for any reason, our revenue will likely decrease. 

Failure to manage our rapid growth effectively could increase our expenses, decrease our revenue, and prevent 
us from implementing our business strategy. 

We have been experiencing a period of rapid growth, which puts strain on our business. To manage this and our 

anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our IT infrastructure, financial and 
accounting systems, and controls. We also must attract, train, and retain a significant number of qualified sales and 
marketing personnel, customer support personnel, professional services personnel, software engineers, technical 
personnel, and management personnel. Failure to effectively manage our rapid growth could lead us to over-invest or 
under-invest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems, or controls, give rise to 
operational mistakes, losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities, and result in loss of employees and reduced 
productivity of remaining employees. Our growth could require significant capital expenditures and might divert financial 
resources from other projects such as the development of new products and services. If our management is unable to 
effectively manage our growth, our expenses might increase more than expected, our revenue could decline or might 
grow more slowly than expected, and we might be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our products 
and services might suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract customers. 

Economic uncertainties or downturns in the general economy or the industries in which our customers operate 
could disproportionately affect the demand for our solutions and negatively impact our results of operations. 

General worldwide economic conditions have experienced significant downturns in the past, and market volatility 

and uncertainty remain widespread, including as a result of the U.S. presidential administration change.  All of this makes 
it extremely difficult for our customers and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. In addition, these 
conditions could cause our customers or prospective customers to decrease headcount, benefits, or HR budgets, which 
could decrease corporate spending on our products and services, resulting in delayed and lengthened sales cycles, a 
decrease in new customer acquisition, and/or loss of customers. Furthermore, during challenging economic times, our 
customers may have difficulty gaining timely access to sufficient credit or obtaining credit on reasonable terms, which 
could impair their ability to make timely payments to us and adversely affect our revenue. If that were to occur, our 
financial results could be harmed. Further, challenging economic conditions might impair the ability of our customers to 
pay for the products and services they already have purchased from us and, as a result, our write-offs of accounts 
receivable could increase. We cannot predict the timing, strength, or duration of any economic slowdown or recovery. If 
the condition of the general economy or markets in which we operate worsens, our business could be harmed. 

If we fail to maintain awareness of our brand cost-effectively, our business might suffer. 

We believe that maintaining awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to continuing the 

widespread acceptance of our existing solutions and is an important element in attracting new customers. Furthermore, 
we believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successful 
promotion of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to provide 
reliable and useful services at competitive prices. Our efforts to build, maintain and market changes to our brand 
nationally have involved significant expenses. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if 
they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in maintaining our brand. If we fail to successfully 
maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to maintain our brand, we may fail to attract 

24

 
enough new customers or retain our existing customers to the extent necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-
building efforts, and our business could suffer. 

If we are required to collect sales and use taxes in additional jurisdictions, we might be subject to liability for 
past sales and our future sales may decrease. 

We might lose sales or incur significant expenses if states successfully impose broader guidelines on state sales 
and use taxes. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect sales or other taxes on the licensing of 
our software or sale of our services could result in substantial tax liabilities for past transactions and otherwise harm our 
business. For example, New York recently completed a tax audit of our Company and while we settled for amounts within 
our sales tax reserve, other states might audit us in the future. Each state has different rules and regulations governing 
sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that change over time. We 
review these rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe we are subject to sales and use taxes in a particular 
state, voluntarily engage state tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with their rules and regulations. We 
cannot assure you that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in states where we 
currently believe no such taxes are required.

Vendors of services, like us, are typically held responsible by taxing authorities for the collection and payment of any 
applicable sales and similar taxes. If one or more taxing authorities determines that taxes should have, but have not, been 
paid with respect to our services, we might be liable for past taxes in addition to taxes going forward. Liability for past 
taxes might also include substantial interest and penalty charges. Our customer contracts typically provide that our 
customers must pay all applicable sales and similar taxes. Nevertheless, our customers might be reluctant to pay back 
taxes and might refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. If we are required to collect and 
pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties, and if our clients fail or refuse to reimburse us for all or a portion 
of these amounts, we will incur unplanned expenses that may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on us 
going forward will effectively increase the cost of our software and services to our customers and might adversely affect 
our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed.

We might not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or other tax credit carryforwards, 
which could adversely affect our profitability. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses, 
which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2022 for federal and state purposes. We also have South Carolina jobs tax credit 
and headquarters tax credit carryforwards, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2020. These tax credit carryforwards 
could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our profitability. 

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, our ability to utilize 
net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership 
change”. A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who 
own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership 
percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules might apply under state tax laws. Future issuances of our stock 
could cause an “ownership change”. It is possible that an ownership change, or any future ownership change, could have 
a material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our 
profitability. 

We might be unable to adequately protect, and we might incur significant costs in enforcing, our intellectual 
property and other proprietary rights. 

Our success depends in part on our ability to enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We rely 

on a combination of trademark, trade secret, copyright, patent, and unfair competition laws, as well as license and access 
agreements and other contractual provisions, to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. In addition, 
we attempt to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information by requiring employees and consultants to enter 
into confidentiality, noncompetition, and assignment of inventions agreements. Our attempts to protect our intellectual 
property might be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. While we have five U.S., 
two Chinese, two Japanese and one Australian, Taiwanese, and Hong Kong patents granted and a number of 
applications pending, we might not be able to obtain meaningful patent protection for our software. In addition, if any 
patents are issued in the future, they might not provide us with any competitive advantages, or might be successfully 
challenged by third parties. Agreement terms that address non-competition are difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions 
and might not be enforceable in certain cases. To the extent that our intellectual property and other proprietary rights are 

25

 
not adequately protected, third parties might gain access to our proprietary information, develop and market products or 
services similar to ours, or use trademarks similar to ours, each of which could materially harm our business. Existing U.S. 
federal and state intellectual property laws offer only limited protection. Moreover, the laws of other countries in which we 
might in the future conduct operations or contract for services might afford little or no effective protection of our intellectual 
property. The failure to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights could materially harm our 
business. 

In addition, if we resort to legal proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and 

scope of the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of others, the proceedings could be burdensome and 
expensive, even if we were to prevail. Any litigation that is necessary in the future could result in substantial costs and 
diversion of resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition. 

We might be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights. 

The software and Internet industries are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, trademarks, 
and copyrights and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property 
rights. We have received in the past, and might receive in the future, communications from third parties claiming that we 
have infringed the intellectual property rights of others. Our technologies might not be able to withstand any third-party 
claims or rights against their use. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming and 
expensive to resolve, divert management attention from executing our business plan, and require us to pay monetary 
damages or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. In addition, many of our contracts contain warranties with respect 
to intellectual property rights, and most require us to indemnify our clients for third-party intellectual property infringement 
claims, which would increase the cost to us of an adverse ruling on such a claim.

Moreover, any settlement or adverse judgment resulting from such a claim could require us to pay substantial 

amounts of money or obtain a license to continue to use the software or information that is the subject of the claim, or 
otherwise restrict or prohibit our use of it. We might not be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at 
all, from third parties asserting an infringement claim; we might not be able to develop alternative technology on a timely 
basis, if at all; and we might not be able to obtain a license to use a suitable alternative technology to permit us to 
continue offering, and our clients to continue using, our affected services. Accordingly, an adverse determination could 
prevent us from offering our services to others.

Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth. 

We believe that our future growth will depend on the development of our direct sales force and its ability to obtain 

new customers and to manage our existing customer base. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training 
them in the use of our software requires significant time, expense, and attention. It can take six months or longer before a 
new sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand 
and train our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenues. For example, reduction of our 
salesforce in 2016 negatively impacted sales, and as a result, revenue going forward. In particular, if we are unable to hire 
and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve 
desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our products and services will suffer and our growth will 
be impeded.  

We might require additional capital to support business growth. 

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and might require additional funds to 
respond to business challenges or opportunities, including the need to develop new products and services or enhance our 
existing services, enhance our operating infrastructure, and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. 
Accordingly, we might need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds 
through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, 
and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our 
common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-
raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which might make it more difficult for us to obtain additional 
capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we might not be able to obtain 
additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms 
satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business 
challenges could be significantly limited. 

26

 
If we fail to meet our current credit facility’s financial covenants, our business and financial condition could be 
adversely affected.

Our current credit facility contains financial covenants, including covenants related to financial liquidity and EBITDA. 

If at any point we fail to comply with the financial covenants, the lenders can demand immediate repayment of our 
outstanding balance and deny future borrowings under the credit facility. This could have a negative impact on our 
liquidity, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow for other purposes and adversely affecting our business. 

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend. 

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of 
business such as claims brought by our clients in connection with commercial disputes, employment claims made by our 
current or former associates, or purported securities class actions. Litigation might result in substantial costs and may 
divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, overall financial condition, and 
operating results. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to 
resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought 
against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our operating results 
and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the 
trading price of our stock. 

If we acquire companies or technologies in the future, they could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our 
business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results and the value of our common 
stock. 

As part of our business strategy, we might acquire, enter into joint ventures with, or make investments in 

complementary companies, services, and technologies in the future. For example, in 2010, we acquired the intellectual 
property assets of BeliefNetworks, Inc. We spent considerable time, effort, and money pursuing this company and 
successfully integrating it into our business. Acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks, including: 











difficulties in identifying and acquiring products, technologies or businesses that will help our business;

difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, services and personnel;

diversion of financial and managerial resources from existing operations;

risk of entering new markets in which we have little to no experience; and

delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty and the inability to maintain relationships with customers of 
the acquired businesses.

If we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we might not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such 

acquisitions, we might incur costs in excess of what we anticipate, and management resources and attention might be 
diverted from other necessary or valuable activities. 

Future sales to customers outside the United States or with international operations might expose us to risks 
inherent in international sales which, if realized, could adversely affect our business. 

An element of our growth strategy is to expand internationally. Operating in international markets requires significant 
resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, and political risks that are different from 
those in the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations, our international expansion 
efforts might not be successful in creating demand for our products and services outside of the United States or in 
effectively selling our solutions in the international markets we enter. In addition, we will face risks in doing business 
internationally that could adversely affect our business, including: 







unstable regional political and economic conditions, such as those caused by the 2016 U.S. presidential 
election and subsequent administration change, or the 2016 vote by the U.K. to exit from the European Union;

the need to localize and adapt our solutions for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages 
and associated expenses;

data privacy laws which require that customer data be stored and processed in a designated territory;

27

 


















difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and 
collections issues;

new and different sources of competition;

weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States and practical 
difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States;

laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and 
regulations, including employment, tax, privacy, and data protection laws and regulations;

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

restrictions on the transfer of funds; and

adverse tax consequences.

If we denominate our international contracts in local currencies, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and 

foreign currencies might impact our operating results when translated into U.S. dollars. 

Risks Related to Our Products and Services Offerings 

If our security measures are breached or fail, and unauthorized persons gain access to customers’ and 
consumers’ data, our products and services might be perceived as not being secure, customers and consumers 
might curtail or stop using our products and services, and we might incur significant liabilities. 

Our products and services involve the storage and transmission of customers’ and consumers’ confidential 

information, which may include sensitive individually identifiable information that is subject to stringent legal and regulatory 
obligations. Because of the sensitivity of this information, security features of our software are very important. If our 
security measures are breached or fail and/or are bypassed as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance, 
or otherwise, someone might be able to obtain unauthorized access to our customers’ confidential information and/or 
patient data. As a result, our reputation could be damaged, our business might suffer, information might be lost, and we 
could face damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and significant costs for 
remediation and remediation efforts to prevent future occurrences.

 In addition, we rely on various third parties, including employers’ HR departments, carriers, and other third-party 
service providers and consumers themselves, as users of our system for key activities to protect and promote the security 
of our systems and the data and information accessible within them, such as administration of enrollment, consumer 
status changes, claims, and billing. On occasion, people have failed to perform these activities. For example, employers 
sometimes have failed to terminate the login/password of former employees, or permitted current employees to share 
login/passwords. When we become aware of such breaches, we work with employers to terminate inappropriate access 
and provide additional instruction in order to avoid the reoccurrence of such problems. Although to date these breaches 
have not resulted in claims against us or in material harm to our business, failures to perform these activities might result 
in claims against us, which could expose us to significant expense, legal liability, and harm to our reputation, which might 
result in loss of business.

 Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally 

are not recognized until launched against a target, we might not be able to anticipate these techniques or to implement 
adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the 
effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and customers. Any significant violations 
of data privacy could result in the loss of business, litigation and regulatory investigations and penalties that could damage 
our reputation and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our customers might 
authorize or enable third parties to access their information and data that is stored on our systems. Because we do not 
control such access, we cannot ensure the complete integrity or security of such data in our systems. 

28

 
Failure by our customers to obtain proper permissions and waivers might result in claims against us or may limit 
or prevent our use of data, which could harm our business. 

We require our customers to provide necessary notices and to obtain necessary permissions and waivers for use 
and disclosure of information on the Benefitfocus Platform, and we require contractual assurances from them that they 
have done so and will do so. If, however, despite these requirements and contractual obligations, our customers do not 
obtain necessary permissions and waivers, then our use and disclosure of information that we receive from them or on 
their behalf might be limited or prohibited by state or federal privacy laws or other laws. This could impair our functions, 
processes and databases that reflect, contain, or are based upon such data and might prevent use of such data. In 
addition, this could interfere with, or prevent creation or use of, rules, analyses, or other data-driven activities that benefit 
us and our business. Moreover, we might be subject to claims or liability for use or disclosure of information by reason of 
lack of valid notices, agreements, permissions or waivers. These claims or liabilities could subject us to unexpected costs 
and adversely affect our operating results.

Our proprietary software might not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims 
against us, or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business 
and operating results. 

Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive, and complex. Unforeseen difficulties can arise. We 
might encounter technical obstacles, and it is possible that we discover problems that prevent our proprietary applications 
from operating properly. If they do not function reliably or fail to achieve customer expectations in terms of performance, 
customers could assert liability claims against us and/or attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our 
reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain customers.

Moreover, benefits management software as complex as ours has in the past contained, and may in the future 
contain, or develop, undetected defects or errors. Material performance problems or defects in our products and services 
might arise in the future. Errors might result from the interface of our services with legacy systems and data, which we did 
not develop and the function of which is outside of our control. Defects or errors might arise in our existing or new 
software or service processes. Because changes in employer, carrier, and legal requirements and practices relating to 
benefits are frequent, we are continuously discovering defects and errors in our software and service processes 
compared against these requirements and practices. Undiscovered vulnerabilities could expose our software to 
unscrupulous third parties who develop and deploy software programs that could attack our software or result in 
unauthorized access to customer data. Defects and errors and any failure by us to identify and address them could result 
in loss of revenue or market share, liability to customers or others, failure to achieve market acceptance or expansion, 
diversion of development and other resources, injury to our reputation, and increased service and maintenance costs. 
Defects or errors in our product or service processes might discourage existing or potential customers from purchasing 
services from us. Correction of defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in 
correcting any defects or errors or in responding to resulting claims or liability might be substantial and could adversely 
affect our operating results.

In addition, customers that rely on our products and services to collect, manage, and report benefits data might have 

a greater sensitivity to service errors and security vulnerabilities than customers of software products in general. We 
market and sell services that, among other things, provide information to assist care providers in tracking and treating ill 
patients. Any operational delay in or failure of our software service processes might result in the disruption of patient care 
and could cause harm to our business and operating results.

Our customers might assert claims against us in the future alleging that they suffered damages due to a defect, 

error, or other failure of our product or service processes. A product liability claim or errors or omissions claim could 
subject us to significant legal defense costs and adverse publicity regardless of the merits or eventual outcome of such a 
claim. 

Various events could interrupt customers’ access to the Benefitfocus Platform, exposing us to significant costs. 

The ability to access the Benefitfocus Platform is critical to our customers. Our operations and facilities are 
vulnerable to interruption and/or damage from a number of sources, many of which are beyond our control, including, 
without limitation: (i) power loss and telecommunications failures, (ii) fire, flood, hurricane, and other natural disasters, (iii) 
software and hardware errors, failures or crashes in our own systems or in other systems, (iv) computer viruses, denial-of-
service attacks, hacking and similar disruptive problems in our own systems and in other systems, and (v) civil unrest, 
war, and/or terrorism. We have implemented various measures to protect against interruptions of customers’ access to 
our platform. If customers’ access is interrupted because of problems in the operation of our facilities, we could be 

29

 
exposed to significant claims by customers, particularly if the access interruption is associated with problems in the timely 
delivery of funds due to customers or medical information relevant to patient care. Our plans for disaster recovery and 
business continuity rely on third-party providers of related services. If those vendors fail us at a time when our systems 
are not operating correctly, we could incur a loss of revenue and liability for failure to fulfill our obligations. Any significant 
instances of system downtime could negatively affect our reputation and ability to retain customers and sell our services, 
which would adversely impact our revenue.

In addition, retention and availability of patient care and physician reimbursement data are subject to federal and 

state laws governing record retention, accuracy, and access. Some laws impose obligations on our customers and on us 
to produce information for third parties and to amend or expunge data at their direction. Our failure to meet these 
obligations might result in liability, which could increase our costs and reduce our operating results.

We rely on data center providers, Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third-party computer hardware 
and software, other third parties, and our own systems for providing services to our customers, and any failure 
or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation 
and negatively impact our relationships with customers, adversely affecting our brand and our business. 

We serve all our customers from two data centers, one located in Raleigh, North Carolina and the other located in 

Charlotte, North Carolina. While we control and have access to our servers, we do not control the operation of these 
facilities. The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially 
reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of 
our data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data 
center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. 
Problems faced by our third-party data center locations, with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or 
they contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their customers, 
including us, could adversely affect the experience of our customers. Our third-party data centers operators could decide 
to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy faced by our third-
party data centers operators or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on 
our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict.

In addition, our ability to deliver our web-based services depends on the development and maintenance of the 
infrastructure of the Internet by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary 
speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity, and security. Our services are designed to operate without interruption in 
accordance with our service level commitments. However, we have experienced and expect that we will experience future 
interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to 
one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively 
impact our relationship with customers. To operate without interruption, both we and our service providers must guard 
against: 











damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters and other force majeure events outside our control;

communications failures;

software and hardware errors, failures, and crashes;

security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, denial-of-service attacks, and similar disruptive problems; and

other potential interruptions.

We also rely on computer hardware purchased or leased and software licensed from third parties in order to offer 

our services, including software from Oracle Corporation and Microsoft Corporation, and routers and network equipment 
from Cisco, Dell and Hewlett-Packard Company. These licenses are generally commercially available on varying terms. 
However, it is possible that this hardware and software might not continue to be available on commercially reasonable 
terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the provisioning of our 
services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated.

 We exercise limited control over third-party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with technology 

and information services they provide. Interruptions in our network access and services might in connection with third-
party technology and information services reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to customers for prepaid and 
unused subscription services, subject us to potential liability, or adversely affect our renewal rates. Although we maintain 
insurance for our business, the coverage under our policies might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that 

30

 
may occur. In addition, we might not be able to continue to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost, if 
at all. 

The use of open source software in our products and solutions may expose us to additional risks and harm our 
intellectual property rights. 

Some of our products and solutions use or incorporate software that is subject to one or more open source licenses. 
Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable, and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require 
a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part 
or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open source software licenses require the user of such 
software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on potentially unfavorable terms or at 
no cost.

The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by U.S. or foreign 

courts. Accordingly, there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated 
conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses 
from third parties in order to continue offering our products or solutions, to re-develop our products or solutions, to 
discontinue sales of our products or solutions, or to release our proprietary software code under the terms of an open 
source license, any of which could harm our business. Further, given the nature of open source software, it may be more 
likely that third parties might assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our 
use of these open source software programs.

While we monitor the use of all open source software in our products, solutions, processes, and technology and try 
to ensure that no open source software is used in such a way as to require us to disclose the source code to the related 
product or solution when we do not wish to do so, it is possible that such use may have inadvertently occurred in 
deploying our proprietary solutions. In addition, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open 
source software into software we license from such third party for our products and solutions without our knowledge, we 
could, under certain circumstances, be required to disclose the source code to our products and solutions. This could 
harm our intellectual property position and our business, results of operations, and financial condition.  

Risks Related to Regulation 

Government regulation of the areas in which we operate creates risks and challenges with respect to our 
compliance efforts and our business strategies. 

The employee benefits industry is highly regulated and is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory, and 

other influences. The outcome of the U.S. presidential and other elections in 2016 could have a significant impact on the 
regulatory environment in our industry.  Existing and new laws and regulations affecting the employee benefits industry 
could create unexpected liabilities for us, cause us to incur additional costs and restrict our operations. These laws and 
regulations are complex and their application to specific services and relationships are not clear. In particular, many 
existing laws and regulations affecting employee benefits, when enacted, did not anticipate the services that we provide, 
and these laws and regulations might be applied to our services in ways that we do not anticipate. Our failure to 
accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations, or our failure to comply, could create liability for us, 
result in adverse publicity, and negatively affect our business. Some of the risks we face from the regulation of employee 
benefits are as follows: 



PPACA. Governmental oversight punctuated with the passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care 
Act, or PPACA, has led to an increasingly intricate regulatory framework under which health benefits are 
obtained, delivered, accessed, and maintained. Although many of the provisions of PPACA do not directly 
apply to us, PPACA might affect the business of many of our customers. Carriers and large employers might 
experience changes in the numbers of individuals they insure as a result of Medicaid expansion and the 
creation of state and national exchanges under PPACA and state Medicaid expansion, and the number of 
states that have chosen to implement the Medicaid expansion or adopt state-specific exchanges remains in 
flux. Although we are unable to predict with any reasonable certainty or otherwise quantify the likely impact of 
PPACA on our business model, financial condition, or results of operations, changes in the business of our 
customers and the number of individuals they insure may negatively impact our business. Congress also has 
repeatedly but unsuccessfully attempted to repeal PPACA, and particularly after the presidential and 
Congressional elections of 2016, we are unable to predict the impact of any such pending or future attempts.

31

 




False or Fraudulent Claim Laws. There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false 
information or the failure to disclose information in connection with submission and payment of claims for 
reimbursement from the government. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such 
submission and payment. Although our business operations are generally not subject to these laws and 
regulations, any contract we have with a government entity requires us to comply with these laws and 
regulations. Any failure of our services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial 
liability, including but not limited to criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for our services, and could 
force us to expend significant capital, research and development, and other resources to address the failure. 
Any determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services with government clients violate these laws 
and regulations could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, invalidate all or portions of some of our 
government client contracts, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to 
refund portions of our services fees, cause us to be disqualified from serving not only government clients but 
also all clients doing business with government payers, and have an adverse effect on our business.

HIPAA and Other Privacy and Security Requirements. There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and 
regulations related to the privacy and security of personal health information. In particular, regulations 
promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, established 
privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, 
and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technological safeguards to ensure the 
confidentiality, integrity, and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Health 
plans, healthcare clearinghouses, and most providers are considered by the HIPAA regulations to be “Covered 
Entities”. With respect to our operations as a healthcare clearinghouse, we are directly subject to the privacy 
regulations established under HIPAA, or Privacy Standards, and the security regulations established under 
HIPAA, or Security Standards. In addition, our carrier customers, or payors, are considered to be Covered 
Entities and are required to enter into written agreements with us, known as Business Associate Agreements, 
under which we are considered to be a “Business Associate” and that require us to safeguard individually 
identifiable health information and restrict how we may use and disclose such information. The American 
Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, and the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rules extended the direct 
application of certain provisions of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards to us when we are 
functioning as a Business Associate of our carrier customers. ARRA and the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule also 
subject Business Associates to direct oversight and audit by the Department of Health and Human Services. 

Violations of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards might result in civil and criminal penalties, and 
ARRA increased the penalties for HIPAA violations and strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA. 
For example, ARRA authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or 
damages in response to violations of Privacy Standards and Security Standards that threaten the privacy of 
state residents. Moreover, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Office for Civil Rights (“OCR”) 
launched a formal HIPAA audit program. The audits are intended to assess compliance with HIPAA by both 
Covered Entities and Business Associates and will be conducted by OCR with assistance from a third party 
vendor. Issues identified during the audits may result in agency-imposed corrective action plans or civil 
monetary penalties.

We might not be able to adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA implementation and 
enforcement. Furthermore, we are unable to predict what changes to HIPAA or other laws or regulations might 
be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or the costs of compliance.

Some payors and clearinghouses interpret HIPAA transaction requirements differently than we do. Where 
payors or clearinghouses require conformity with their interpretations as a condition of a successful 
transaction, we seek to comply with their interpretations.

In addition to the Privacy Standards and Security Standards, most states have enacted patient confidentiality 
laws that protect against the disclosure of confidential medical and/or health information, and many states have 
adopted or are considering further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards, security standards, and 
data security breach notification requirements. Such state laws, if more stringent than HIPAA requirements, are 
not preempted by the federal requirements, and we are required to comply with them. Failure by us to comply 
with any state standards regarding patient privacy may subject us to penalties, including civil monetary 
penalties and, in some circumstances, criminal penalties. Such failure may injure our reputation and adversely 
affect our ability to retain customers and attract new customers. 



Medicare and Medicaid Regulatory Requirements. We have contracts with insurance carriers who offer 
Medicare Managed Care (also known as Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part C) and Medicaid Managed 
Care benefits plans. We also have contracts with insurance carriers who offer Medicare prescription drug 

32

 
benefits (also known as Medicare Part D) plans. The activities of the Medicare plans are regulated by the 
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the federal agency that provides oversight of the Medicare 
and Medicaid programs. The Medicaid Managed Care plans are regulated by both CMS and the individual 
states where the plans are offered. Some of the activities that we might perform, such as the enrollment of 
beneficiaries, may be subject to CMS and/or state regulation, and such regulations may force us to change the 
way we do business or otherwise restrict our ability to provide services to such plans. Moreover, the regulatory 
environment with respect to these programs has become, and will likely continue to become, increasingly 
complex.

Financial Services-Related Laws and Rules. Financial services and electronic payment processing services 
are subject to numerous laws, regulations and industry standards, some of which might impact our operations 
and subject us, our vendors, and our customers to liability as a result of the payment distribution and 
processing solutions we offer. Although we do not act as a bank, we offer solutions that involve banks, or 
vendors who contract with banks and other regulated providers of financial services. As a result, we might be 
impacted by banking and financial services industry laws, regulations, and industry standards, such as 
licensing requirements, solvency standards, requirements to maintain the privacy and security of nonpublic 
personal financial information, and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance limits. In addition, 
our patient billing and payment distribution and processing solutions might be impacted by payment card 
association operating rules, certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers. If we fail 
to comply with applicable payment processing rules or requirements, we might be subject to fines and changes 
in transaction fees and may lose our ability to process credit and debit card transactions or facilitate other 
types of billing and payment solutions. Moreover, payment transactions processed using the Automated 
Clearing House are subject to network operating rules promulgated by the National Automated Clearing House 
Association and to various federal laws regarding such operations, including laws pertaining to electronic funds 
transfers, and these rules and laws might impact our billing and payment solutions. Further, our solutions might 
impact the ability of our payor customers to comply with state prompt payment laws. These laws require payors 
to pay healthcare claims meeting the statutory or regulatory definition of a “clean claim” within a specified time 
frame.

Insurance Broker Laws. Insurance laws in the United States are often complex, and states have broad 
authority to adopt regulations regarding brokerage activities. These regulations typically include the licensing of 
insurance brokers and agents and govern the handling and investment of client funds held in a fiduciary 
capacity. Although we believe our activities do not currently constitute the provision of insurance brokerage 
services, regulations may change from state to state, which could require us to comply with such expanded 
regulation.

ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, regulates how 
employee benefits are provided to or through certain types of employer-sponsored health benefits plans. 
ERISA is a set of laws and regulations that is subject to periodic interpretation by the U.S. Department of Labor 
as well as the federal courts. In some circumstances, and under certain customer contracts, we might be 
deemed to have assumed duties that make us an ERISA fiduciary, and thus be required to carry out our 
operations in a manner that complies with ERISA in all material respects. We believe that our current 
operations do not render us subject to ERISA fiduciary obligations, and therefore that we are in material 
compliance with ERISA and that any such compliance does not currently have a material adverse effect on our 
operations. However, there can be no assurance that continuing ERISA compliance efforts or any future 
changes to ERISA will not have a material adverse effect on us.

Third-Party Administrator Laws. Numerous states in which we do business have adopted regulations governing 
entities engaged in third-party administrator, or TPA, activities. TPA regulations typically impose requirements 
regarding enrollment into benefits plans, claims processing and payments, and the handling of customer funds. 
Although we do not believe we are currently acting as a TPA, changes in state regulations could result in us 
being obligated to comply with such regulations, which might require us to obtain licenses to provide TPA 
services in such states.









We are subject to banking regulations that may limit our business activities. 

The Goldman Sachs Group, affiliates of which owned approximately 20.5% of the voting and economic interest in 

our business at December 31, 2016, is regulated as a bank holding company and a financial holding company under the 
Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or BHC Act. The BHC Act imposes regulations and requirements on 
The Goldman Sachs Group and on any company that is deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group under the 

33

 
BHC Act and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve. Due to 
the size of its voting and economic interest, we are deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group and are 
therefore considered to be a non-bank “subsidiary” of The Goldman Sachs Group under the BHC Act. We will remain 
subject to this regulatory regime until The Goldman Sachs Group is no longer deemed to control us for purposes of the 
BHC Act, which we do not generally have the ability to control and which will not occur until The Goldman Sachs Group 
has significantly reduced its voting and economic interest in us. 

As a controlled non-bank subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, we are restricted from engaging in activities that 

are not permissible under the BHC Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Permitted activities for a 
bank holding company or any controlled non-bank subsidiary generally include activities that the Federal Reserve has 
previously determined to be closely related to banking, financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial 
activities, including data processing services such as those that we provide with our software solutions. Restrictions 
placed on The Goldman Sachs Group as a result of supervisory or enforcement actions under the BHC Act or otherwise 
may restrict us or our activities in certain circumstances, even if these actions are unrelated to our conduct or business. 
Further, as a result of being subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve, we may be required to obtain 
the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before engaging in certain new activities or businesses, whether organically or 
by acquisition. The Federal Reserve could exercise its power to restrict us from engaging in any activity that, in the 
Federal Reserve’s opinion, is unauthorized or constitutes an unsafe or unsound business practice. To the extent that 
these regulations impose limitations on our business, we could be at a competitive disadvantage because some of our 
competitors are not subject to these limitations. 

Additionally, any failure of The Goldman Sachs Group to maintain its status as a financial holding company could 
result in further limitations on our activities and our growth. In particular, our permissible activities could be restricted to 
only those that constitute banking or activities closely related to banking. The Goldman Sachs Group’s loss of its financial 
holding company status could be caused by several factors, including any failure by The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank 
subsidiaries to remain sufficiently capitalized, by any examination downgrade of one of The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank 
subsidiaries, or by any failure of one of The Goldman Sachs Group’s bank subsidiaries to maintain a satisfactory rating 
under the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act broadened the requirements for maintaining 
financial holding company status by also requiring the holding company to remain “well capitalized” and “well managed”. 
We have no ability to prevent such occurrences from happening. 

As a non-bank subsidiary of a bank holding company, we are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve and 
required to provide information and reports for use by the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act. In addition, we may be 
subject to regulatory oversight and examination because we are a technology service provider to regulated financial 
institutions. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations of applicable 
banking laws, regulations and orders. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act, including Title VI thereunder known as the “Volcker 
Rule”, and related financial regulatory reform call for the issuance of numerous regulations designed to increase and 
strengthen the regulation of bank holding companies, including The Goldman Sachs Group and its affiliates. The Volker 
Rule, in relevant part, restricts banking entities from proprietary trading (subject to certain exemptions) and from acquiring 
or retaining any equity, partnership or other interests in, or sponsoring, a private equity fund, subject to satisfying certain 
conditions, and from engaging in certain transactions with funds. 

We have agreed to certain covenants that are intended to facilitate The Goldman Sachs Group’s compliance with 
the BHC Act, but that may impose certain obligations on our company. In particular, The Goldman Sachs Group has rights 
to conduct audits on, and access certain information of, our company and certain rights to review the policies and 
procedures that we implement to comply with the laws and regulations that relate to our activities. In addition, we are 
obligated to provide The Goldman Sachs Group with notice of certain events and business activities and cooperate with 
The Goldman Sachs Group to mitigate potential adverse consequences resulting therefrom. 

Potential regulatory requirements placed on our software, services, and content could impose increased costs 
on us, delay or prevent our introduction of new service types, and impair the function or value of our existing 
service types. 

Our products and services are and are likely to continue to be subject to increasing regulatory requirements in a 

number of ways. As these requirements proliferate, we must change or adapt our products and services to comply. 
Changing regulatory requirements might render our services obsolete or might block us from accomplishing our work or 
from developing new services. This might in turn impose additional costs upon us to comply or to further develop our 
products and services. It might also make introduction of new product or service types more costly or more time-

34

 
consuming than we currently anticipate. It might even prevent introduction by us of new products or services or cause the 
continuation of our existing products or services to become unprofitable or impossible. 

Potential government subsidy of services similar to ours, or creation of a single payor system, might reduce 
customer demand. 

Recently, entities including brokers and U.S. federal and state governments have offered to subsidize adoption of 
online benefits platforms or clearinghouses. In addition, federal regulations have been changed to permit such subsidy 
from additional sources subject to certain limitations. To the extent that we do not qualify or participate in such subsidy 
programs, demand for our services might be reduced, which may decrease our revenue. In addition, prior proposals 
regarding healthcare reform have included the concept of creation of a single payor for healthcare insurance. This kind of 
consolidation of critical benefits activity could negatively impact the demand for our services. 

Our services present the potential for embezzlement, identity theft, or other similar illegal behavior by our 
associates with respect to third parties. 

Among other things, certain services offered by us involve collecting payment information from individuals, and this 
frequently includes check and credit card information. Even though we do not handle direct payments, our services also 
involve the use and disclosure of personal and business information that could be used to impersonate third parties, 
commit identity theft, or otherwise gain access to their data or funds. If any of our associates take, convert, or misuse 
such funds, documents, or data, we could be liable for damages, and our business reputation could be damaged or 
destroyed. Moreover, if we fail to adequately prevent third parties from accessing personal and/or business information 
and using that information to commit identity theft, we might face legal liabilities and other losses than can have a 
negative impact on our business. 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock 

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able 
to resell your shares at or above the price at which you purchase it. 

The stock market historically has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. As a result of this volatility, 

you might not be able to sell your common stock at or above the price at which you purchase it. The public market for our 
stock is new. From our IPO in September 2013 through December 31, 2016, the per share trading price of our common 
stock has been as high as $77.00 and as low as $19.58. It might continue to fluctuate significantly in response to various 
factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include: 



















our operating performance and the operating performance of similar companies;

the overall performance of the equity markets;

changes in laws or regulations relating to the sale of health insurance;

announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, business plans, or commercial relationships;

any major change in our management;

threatened or actual litigation;

publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors, or our industry, or positive or 
negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

large volumes of sales of our shares of common stock by existing stockholders; and

general political and economic conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for Internet-related companies in particular, has experienced 
extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of 
those companies. These fluctuations might be even more pronounced in the relatively new trading market for our stock. 
Additionally, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in 
the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in 
substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results, and 
financial condition.

35

 
We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a 
return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock. 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for 

the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not 
likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future, and the success of an investment in 
shares of our common stock will depend upon future appreciation in its value, if any. There is no guarantee that shares of 
our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders purchased their shares. 
Our stock price could decline due to the large number of outstanding shares of our common stock eligible for 
future sale. 

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the market perception that the 

holder or holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. 
These sales could make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity related securities in the future at a time and price 
that we deem appropriate.

As of December 31, 2016, we had an aggregate of 30,429,014 shares of common stock outstanding. As of 
December 31, 2016, there also were outstanding options, restricted stock units and warrants to purchase 2,779,147 
shares of our common stock that, if exercised or vested, as applicable, will result in these additional shares becoming 
available for sale subject in some cases to Rule 144. 

On November 12, 2013 and June 7, 2016, we also registered an aggregate of 6,399,766 shares of our common 
stock that we may issue or sell under our stock plans, including the Benefitfocus, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase 
Plan. These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, unless they are held by “affiliates”, as that term 
is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. If a large number of these shares are sold in the public market, the sales 
could reduce the trading price of our common stock. 

A limited number of stockholders will have the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other 
matters requiring stockholder approval. 

As of December 31, 2016, our directors, executive officers, and their affiliated entities beneficially owned 

approximately 40.3% of our outstanding common stock. In particular, GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GS Capital 
Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., and GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & CO. KG, which 
are affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and which we refer to as the Goldman Funds, collectively beneficially owned 
approximately 20.5%. These stockholders, if they act together, could exert substantial influence over matters requiring 
approval by our stockholders, including the amendment of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the approval of 
mergers or other business combination transactions.

Additionally, the Goldman Funds, Mason R. Holland, Jr., our Executive Chairman and a director, and Shawn A. 
Jenkins, our Chief Executive Officer and a director, entered into a voting agreement for the election of directors. As of 
December 31, 2016, these stockholders collectively beneficially owned approximately 37.8% of our common stock. 
Pursuant to the voting agreement, the parties are obligated to vote all of their shares to elect two directors nominated by 
the Goldman Funds and each of Messrs. Holland and Jenkins to our board of directors. As a result, these stockholders 
will have significant influence on the outcome of director elections. This concentration of ownership might discourage, 
delay, or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a 
premium for their stock as part of a sale of our company and might reduce our stock price. These actions may be taken 
even if they are opposed by other stockholders. 

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law might 
discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, 
depress the trading price of our common stock. 

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay, or prevent a 

merger, acquisition, or other change in control that stockholders consider favorable, including transactions in which you 
might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions might also prevent or frustrate 
attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include: 





limitations on the removal of directors;

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

36

 










limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings;

the inability of stockholders to act by written consent once The Goldman Sachs Group and its affiliates cease 
to own at least 35% of our voting equity;

the inability of stockholders to cumulate votes at any election of directors;

the classification of our board of directors into three classes with only one class, representing approximately 
one-third of our directors, standing for election at each annual meeting; and

the ability of our board of directors to make, alter or repeal our bylaws.

Our Board of Directors has the ability to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without 

stockholder approval. In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held 
Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which 
together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three 
years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business 
combination is approved in a prescribed manner. 

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors are willing 

to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby 
reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition. 

Our business is subject to changing regulations regarding corporate governance, disclosure controls, internal 
control over financial reporting, and other compliance areas that will increase both our costs and the risk of 
noncompliance. 

As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the 

Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, and the rules and 
regulations of our stock exchange. The requirements of these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting, 
and financial compliance costs, will make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, and costly, and may also place 
undue strain on our personnel, systems, and resources. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures 

and internal control over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, we performed 
system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report 
on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. 
Our ongoing compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we incur substantial accounting 
expense and expend significant management efforts. 

We are required to disclose changes made to our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our 

independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal 
control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our 
first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as 
defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemption 
available under the JOBS Act to the auditor attestation requirement in Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we are 
not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, the market price of 
our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our 
common stock is listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management 
resources. 

Failure to develop and maintain adequate financial controls could cause us to have material weaknesses, which 
could adversely affect our operations and financial position. 

As previously reported, in the first quarter of 2014, we identified a material weakness in internal controls over the 

accounting for leasing transactions which resulted in the identification of a material error in the accounting for our 
headquarters lease executed in May 2005. We might in the future discover other material weaknesses that require 
remediation. In addition, an internal control system, no matter how well-designed, cannot provide absolute assurance that 
misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected. If we 
are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are 

37

 
unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we might not be able to produce timely and accurate financial 
statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or 
investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities. 

Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or 

improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Any failure to 
implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely affect the results of periodic management 
evaluations regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we are required to include in our 
periodic reports filed with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Ineffective disclosure controls and 
procedures or internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported 
financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. 
Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors, 
officers, and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant 
period of time to complete. Such changes may not be effective, however, in maintaining the adequacy of our internal 
controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a 
timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In the 
event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, 
that our internal controls are perceived as inadequate, or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial 
statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and our stock price could decline. 

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable 
to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors. 

We are an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or 
revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected 
not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the 
same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. 

For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain other 
exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, 
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, 
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder 
approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, and exemptions from the requirements of auditor 
attestation reports on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We cannot predict if investors will 
find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock 
less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be 
more volatile. 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market 

value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of that fiscal year, (ii) the end 
of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on 
which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period, or (iv) September 17, 2018. 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish inaccurate or 
unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. 

The trading market for our common stock depends, to some extent, on the research and reports that securities or 
industry analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of 
the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or change their opinion of our common stock, our stock price 
would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on 
us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

38

 
Item 2. Properties.

As of December 31, 2016, we occupied approximately 288,000 square feet on the Daniel Island Executive Center 

campus in Charleston, South Carolina. This office space is leased under leases expiring in 2031.  We have a cancelable 
agreement in place to have a four-story office building of approximately 145,000 square feet built and we have an option 
to have a two-story welcome center of approximately 18,500 square feet built.

As of December 31, 2016, we also leased facilities in Greenville, South Carolina; North Charleston, South Carolina; 

and Tulsa, Oklahoma.

We believe that our current and planned facilities are sufficient for our needs. We may add other facilities or expand 

existing facilities as we expand our associate base and geographic markets in the future, and we believe that suitable 
additional space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we might become involved in legal or regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our 

business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation or regulatory proceeding and we are not aware of any 
pending or threatened litigation or regulatory proceeding against us that could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

39

 
PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities.

Market Information for Common Stock

Our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “BNFT” since September 18, 

2013. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock. The following table sets forth for the 
periods indicated the high and low intraday sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ 
Global Market.

Year Ended December 31, 2016
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

Year Ended December 31, 2015

First quarter

Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

High

Low

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

35.72    $
41.24    $
44.98    $
42.49    $

41.35    $

47.49    $
46.43    $
41.98    $

21.04 
29.18 
36.10 
24.55 

19.58 

31.18 
28.91 
27.55  

As of December 31, 2016, we had 62 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is 

greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are 
held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders 
whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our 

future earnings, if any, generated by our operations for the development and growth of our business for the foreseeable 
future. The decision to pay dividends is at the discretion of our board of directors and depends upon our financial 
condition, results of operations, capital requirements, and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

Stock Performance Graph 

The following shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or incorporated by 
reference into any of our other filings under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except to the 
extent we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.

This chart compares the cumulative total return on our common stock with that of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 

1500 Application Software Index. The chart assumes $100 was invested at the close of market on September 18, 2013, in 
the common stock of Benefitfocus, Inc., the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 1500 Application Software Index, and assumes 
the reinvestment of any dividends. The stock price performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of 
future stock price performance.

40

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
Company / Index
Benefitfocus, Inc.
S&P 500 Index
S&P 1500 Application
   Software Index

Equity Compensation Plans

Base
Period

9/18/2013  

12/31/2013  

  $
  $

100.00    $
100.00    $

107.82    $
107.12    $

  12/31/2014  

  12/31/2015  

  12/31/2016  
55.46   
119.32    $ 118.45    $ 129.75   

67.96    $

61.33    $

  $

100.00    $

107.46    $

120.00    $ 143.70    $ 154.95   

The information required by Item 5 of Form 10-K regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by 

reference to “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters”.

41

 
 
       
       
       
       
   
 
 
  
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

CONSOLIDATED SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data for the years December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012 are derived 
from our audited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be 
expected in the future. The selected consolidated financial data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, our consolidated financial statements, related notes, and 
other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

Year Ended December 31,

Revenue(1)
Cost of revenue(2)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing(2)
Research and development(2)
General and administrative(2)
Change in fair value of contingent
   consideration

Total operating expenses

Loss from operations
Total other expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net loss

Net loss per common share--basic and diluted
Weighted-average common shares
   outstanding--basic and diluted

Other Financial Data
Adjusted EBITDA(3)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

  $

233,335    $
120,681   
112,654   

185,143    $
102,851   
82,292   

137,420    $
87,470   
49,950   

104,752    $
62,411   
42,341   

55,488   
56,584   
32,750   

–   
144,822   
(32,168)  
(7,873)  
(40,041)  
17   

58,589   
52,250   
25,727   

–   
136,566   
(54,274)  
(7,785)  
(62,059)  
25   

48,467   
41,729   
18,657   

–   
108,853   
(58,903)  
(4,251)  
(63,154)  
25   

(40,058)   $

(62,084)   $

(63,179)   $

36,072   
23,532   
10,974   

(43)  
70,535   
(28,194)  
(2,198)  
(30,392)  
(31)  
(30,361)   $

  $
  $

(1.35)   $

(2.19)   $

(2.51)   $

(2.99)   $

(3.09)

  29,589,857   

  28,344,680   

  25,207,099   

  10,144,243   

4,812,632 

  $

(1,097)   $

(32,160)   $

(43,844)   $

(18,915)   $

(3,594)

81,739 
44,400 
37,339 

27,905 
14,621 
7,494 

121 
50,141 
(12,802)
(1,987)
(14,789)
84 
(14,873)

(1)

In the first quarter of 2015 we decreased the estimated expected life of our customer relationships for both employer 
and carrier customers from 10 to 7 years.  This change shortened the term over which we will recognize our 
deferred revenue and results in more revenue recognized in each period after the change.

(2) Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

Cost of revenue
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

2016

2015

Year Ended December 31,
2014
(in thousands)

2013

2012

  $

2,798    $
3,213   
4,532   
7,545   

1,950    $
2,861   
2,399   
3,244   

986    $

1,395   
1,376   
1,831   

274    $
171   
255   
502   

195 
68 
130 
319  

(3) We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss before net interest and other expense, taxes, and depreciation and 
amortization expense, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation expense and expense related to the 
impairment of goodwill and intangible assets. See “Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and for a 
reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and 
presented in accordance with GAAP.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Segments

Revenue from external customers by segment:

Employer
Carrier

Total net revenue from external customers
Gross profit by segment

Employer
Carrier

Total gross profit by segment

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities
Accounts receivable, total, net
Total assets
Deferred revenue, total
Total liabilities
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

Adjusted EBITDA

 $

  $

 $

  $

  $

2016

2015

Year Ended December 31,
2014
(in thousands)

2013

2012

140,522    $
92,813   
233,335    $

94,842    $
90,301   
185,143    $

62,016    $
75,404   
137,420    $

40,656    $
64,096   
104,752    $

53,031    $
59,623   
112,654    $

33,655    $
48,637   
82,292    $

16,186    $
33,764   
49,950    $

13,316    $
29,025   
42,341    $

23,760 
57,979 
81,739 

9,810 
27,529 
37,339  

2016

2015

As of December 31,
2014
(in thousands)

56,853    $
2,007   
32,966   
180,410   
75,838   
213,721   
–   
30   
335,059   
(33,311)  

48,074    $
40,448   
29,698   
182,119   
93,529   
200,128   
–   
29   
310,304   
(18,009)  

51,074    $
5,135   
21,311   
140,018   
94,510   
182,841   
-   
26   
223,409   
(42,823)  

2013

2012

65,645    $
13,168   
23,668   
139,611   
80,221   
128,179   
-   
24   
214,487   
11,432   

19,703 
- 
13,372 
58,226 
57,520 
89,357 
135,478 
6,109 
- 
(166,609)

Within this Annual Report on Form 10-K we use adjusted EBITDA to provide investors with additional information 

regarding our financial results. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided below a 
reconciliation of this measure to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, which for adjusted EBITDA is net 
loss.

We have included adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because it is a key measure used by our 
management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare 
and approve our annual budget, and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, we believe that the 
exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period 
comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors 
and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results.

Our use of adjusted EBITDA as an analytical tool has limitations, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a 

substitute for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:











although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized 
might have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure 
requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation;

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that would reduce the cash available to us; and

other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled 
measure differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other GAAP-based financial 

performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, gross profit, net loss and our other GAAP financial results. 
The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

Year Ended December 31,

(in thousands)

Reconciliation from Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

Net loss

Depreciation
Amortization of software development costs
Amortization of acquired intangible assets
Interest income
Interest expense on building lease financing
   obligations
Interest expense on other borrowings
Income tax expense
Stock-based compensation expense

Total net adjustments
Adjusted EBITDA

  $

  $
  $

(40,058)   $
9,959     
2,857     
257     
(138)    

6,826     
1,095     
17     
18,088     
38,961    $
(1,097)   $

(62,084)   $
8,791     
2,587     
286     
(188)    

7,092     
877     
25     
10,454     
29,924    $
(32,160)   $

(63,179)   $
6,931     
2,257     
305     
(77)    

3,624     
682     
25     
5,588     
19,335    $
(43,844)   $

(30,361)   $
5,231     
2,618     
323     
(46)    

1,768     
381     
(31)    
1,202     
11,446    $
(18,915)   $

(14,873)
5,080 
3,145 
335 
(53)

1,774 
202 
84 
712 
11,279 
(3,594)

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together 

with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in 
this report including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking 
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this report beginning on 
page 19 for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described 
in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

Benefitfocus provides a leading cloud-based benefits management platform for consumers, employers, insurance 

carriers, and brokers. The Benefitfocus Platform simplifies how organizations and individuals shop for, enroll in, manage, 
and exchange benefits. Our employer and insurance carrier customers rely on our Platform to manage, scale and 
exchange data. Our web-based platform has a user-friendly interface designed to enable the insured consumers to 
access all of their benefits in one place. Our comprehensive solutions support core benefits plans, including healthcare, 
dental, life, and disability insurance, and voluntary benefits offerings such as income protection, digital health and financial 
wellness. As the number of employer benefits plans has increased, with each plan subject to many different business 
rules and requirements, demand for the Benefitfocus Platform has grown.

We serve two separate but related market segments. Our fastest growing market segment, the employer market, 
consists of employers offering benefits to their employees. Within this segment, we mainly target large employers with 
more than 1,000 employees, of which we believe there are over 18,000 in the United States. In our other market segment, 
we sell our solutions to insurance carriers, enabling us to expand our overall footprint in the benefits marketplace by 
aggregating many key constituents, including consumers, employers, and brokers. Our business model capitalizes on the 
close relationship between carriers and their members, and the carriers’ ability to serve as lead generators for potential 
employer customers. Carriers pay for services at a rate reflective of the aggregated nature of their customer base on a per 
application basis. Carriers can then deploy their applications to employer groups and members. As employers become 
direct customers through our employer segment, we provide them our platform offering that bundles many software 
applications into a comprehensive benefits solution through Benefitfocus Marketplace. We believe our presence in both 
the employer and insurance carrier markets gives us a strong position at the center of the benefits ecosystem.

We sell the Benefitfocus Platform on a subscription basis, typically through annual contracts with employer 
customers and multi-year contracts with our insurance carrier customers, with subscription fees paid monthly, quarterly 
and annually. The multi-year contracts with our carrier customers are generally only cancellable by the carrier in an 
instance of our uncured breach, although some of our carrier customers are able to terminate their respective contracts 
without cause or for convenience. Software services revenue accounted for approximately 87%, 87%, and 91% of our 
total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Another component of our revenue is professional services. We derive the majority of our professional services 
revenue from the implementation of our customers onto our platform, which typically includes discovery, configuration and 
deployment, integration, testing, and training. In general, it takes from four to five months to implement a new employer 
customer’s benefits systems and eight to 10 months to implement a new carrier customer’s benefits systems. We also 
provide customer support services and customized media content that supports our customers’ effort to educate and 
communicate with consumers. Professional services revenue accounted for approximately 13%, 13%, and 9% of our total 
revenue during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Increasing our base of large employer customers is an important source of revenue growth for us. We actively 

pursue new employer customers in the U.S. market, and we have increased the number of large employer customers 
utilizing our solutions from 141 as of December 31, 2010 to 833 as of December 31, 2016, a 34.5% compound annual 
growth rate. We believe that our continued innovation and new solutions, enhanced mobile offerings, and more robust 
data analytics capabilities will help us attract additional large employer customers and increase our revenue from existing 
customers.

45

 
We believe that there is a substantial market for our services, and we have been investing in growth over the past 
five years. In particular, we have continued to invest in technology and services to better serve our employer customers, 
which we believe are an important source of growth for our business. We have also substantially increased our marketing 
and sales efforts and expect those increased efforts to continue. As we have invested in growth, we have had operating 
losses in each of the last six years, and expect our operating losses to continue for at least the next year. Due to the 
nature of our customer relationships, which have been very stable with relatively few customer losses over the past years, 
and the subscription nature of our financial model, we believe that our current investment in growth should lead to 
substantially increased revenue, which will allow us to achieve profitability in the relatively near future. Of course, our 
ability to achieve profitability will continue to be subject to many factors beyond our control.

Key Financial and Operating Performance Metrics

We regularly monitor a number of financial and operating metrics in order to measure our current performance and 

project our future performance. These metrics help us develop and refine our growth strategies and make strategic 
decisions. We discuss revenue, gross margin, and the components of operating loss, as well as segment revenue and 
segment gross profit, in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—
Components of Operating Results”. In addition, we utilize other key metrics as described below.

Number of Large Employer and Carrier Customers

We believe the number of large employer and carrier customers is a key indicator of our market penetration, growth, 
and future revenue. We have aggressively invested in and intend to continue to invest in our direct sales force to grow our 
customer base. We generally define a customer as an entity with an active software services contract as of the 
measurement date. The following table sets forth the number of large employer and carrier customers for the periods 
indicated:

Number of customers:
Large employer
Carrier

Software Services Revenue Retention Rate

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

833 
53 

723 
54 

553
43

We believe that our ability to retain our customers and expand the revenue they generate for us over time is an 
important component of our growth strategy and reflects the long-term value of our customer relationships. We measure 
our performance on this basis using a metric we refer to as our software services revenue retention rate. We calculate this 
metric for a particular period by establishing the group of our customers that had active contracts for a given period. We 
then calculate our software services revenue retention rate by taking the amount of software services revenue we 
recognized for this group in the subsequent comparable period (for which we are reporting the rate) and dividing it by the 
software services revenue we recognized for the group in the prior period.

For 2016, 2015 and 2014 our software services revenue retention rate exceeded 95%.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before net interest and other expense, taxes, and depreciation and 
amortization expense, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation and impairment of goodwill and intangible assets. 
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles, 
or GAAP. Please refer to “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” in this report for a discussion of the 
limitations of adjusted EBITDA and reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP 
measurement, respectively, for 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

We derive the majority of our revenue from software services fees, which consist primarily of monthly subscription 

fees paid to us by our employer and carrier customers for access to, and usage of, our cloud-based benefits software 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
solutions for a specified contract term. We also derive revenue from professional services fees, which primarily include 
fees related to the implementation of our customers onto our platform. Our professional services typically include 
discovery, configuration and deployment, integration, testing, and training.

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our revenue between software services and professional services for 

the periods indicated (in thousands):

Software services
Professional services
Total revenue

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015

201,797    $
31,538   
233,335    $

161,477    $
23,666   
185,143    $

  $

  $

2014

125,083 
12,337 
137,420  

We generally recognize software services fees monthly based on the number of employees covered by the relevant 
benefits plans at contracted rates for a specified period of time, provided that an enforceable contract has been signed by 
both parties, access to our software has been granted to the customer and it is available for their use, the fee for the 
software services is fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. We defer recognition of our professional 
services fees paid by customers related to implementation services that are determined to not have stand-alone value and 
are sold with our software services, and recognize them, beginning once the software services have commenced, ratably 
over the longer of the contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship, which was 7 years in 2016 
and 2015 and 10 years in 2014. We periodically evaluate the term over which revenue is recognized for professional 
services as we gain more experience with customer contract renewals.

As of July 1, 2015, we determined that we had established standalone value for the implementation services for the 

Benefitfocus Marketplace solution in the Employer segment as they are now sold separately from the software services. 
This was primarily due to the system integrators that have been trained and certified to perform these implementation 
services, the successful completion of an implementation by a trained system integrator, and the sale of several software 
subscription arrangements to customers in the Employer segment without the Company’s implementation services. 
Accordingly, revenues related to implementation services for the Benefitfocus Marketplace solution in the Employer 
segment that are delivered after July 1, 2015 are recognized separately from the revenues earned from the Employer 
software subscription services. Revenues related to such implementation services are recognized at the time that the 
professional services have been completed. Prior to July 1, 2015, we did not have standalone value for implementation 
services related to the Benefitfocus Marketplace solution as we had historically performed these services to support our 
customers’ implementation of this solution. The incremental revenue from recognition of services upon delivery compared 
to recognition over the customer relationship period of 7 years was $2.3 million in twelve months ended December 31, 
2015. 

We generally invoice our employer and carrier customers for software services in advance, in monthly, quarterly or 

annual installments. We invoice our employer customers for implementation fees at the inception of the arrangement. We 
generally invoice our carrier customers for implementation fees at various contractually defined times throughout the 
implementation process. Implementation fees that have been invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue until 
recognized to revenue as described above. 

We earn commissions from brokerage services from our voluntary benefit insurance offerings.  We recognize 

revenue when these commissions are earned. 

Overhead Allocation

Expenses associated with our facilities, security, information technology, and depreciation and amortization, are 

allocated between cost of revenue and operating expenses based on employee headcount determined by the nature of 
work performed.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses, and 

stock-based compensation, for employees, whom we refer to as associates, providing services to our customers and 
supporting our SaaS platform infrastructure. Additional expenses in cost of revenue include co-location facility costs for 
our data centers, depreciation expense for computer equipment directly associated with generating revenue, infrastructure 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
maintenance costs, professional fees, amortization expenses associated with capitalized software development costs, 
allocated overhead, and other direct costs.

We expense our cost of revenue as we incur the costs. However, the related revenue from fees we receive for our 
implementation services, performed before a customer is operating on our platform, that is determined to not have stand-
alone value is deferred until the commencement of the monthly subscription and recognized as revenue ratably over the 
longer of the related contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship. For those implementation 
services that have standalone value, the related revenue is recognized as revenue upon completion of service. Therefore, 
the cost incurred in providing these services is expensed in periods prior to the recognition of the corresponding revenue. 
Our cost associated with providing implementation services has been significantly higher as a percentage of revenue than 
our cost associated with providing our monthly subscription services due to the labor associated with implementation. 

We plan to continue to expand our capacity to support our growth, which will result in higher cost of revenue in 

absolute dollars. However, we expect cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue to decline and gross margins to 
increase primarily from the growth of the percentage of our revenue from large employers and the realization of 
economies of scale driven by retention of our customer base.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative 
expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs are the most significant component of each of these expense categories. 
We expect to continue to hire new associates in these areas in order to support our anticipated revenue growth; however, 
we expect to decrease our operating expenses, as a percentage of revenue, as we achieve economies of scale. 

Sales and marketing expense.    Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and other personnel-

related costs, including benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation, and commissions for our sales and marketing 
associates. We record expense for commissions at the time of contract signing. Additional expenses include advertising, 
lead generation, promotional event programs, corporate communications, travel, and allocated overhead. For instance, 
our most significant promotional event is One Place, which we have held annually. We expect our sales and marketing 
expense to increase, in absolute dollars, in the foreseeable future as we further increase the number of our sales and 
marketing professionals and expand our marketing activities in order to continue to grow our business.

Research and development expense.    Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and other 

personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for our research and development 
associates. Additional expenses include costs related to the development, quality assurance, and testing of new 
technology, and enhancement of our existing platform technology, consulting, travel, and allocated overhead. We believe 
continuing to invest in research and development efforts is essential to maintaining our competitive position. We expect 
our research and development expense to decrease, as a percentage of revenue, as we achieve economies of scale.

General and administrative expense.    General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and other 

personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation for administrative, finance and 
accounting, information systems, legal, and human resource associates. Additional expenses include consulting and 
professional fees, insurance and other corporate expenses, and travel. We expect our general and administrative 
expenses to increase in absolute terms as a result of ongoing public company costs, including those associated with 
compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations governing public companies, increased costs of directors’ 
and officers’ liability insurance, and increased professional services expenses, particularly associated with the new 
revenue recognition standard.

Other Income and Expense

Other income and expense consists primarily of interest income and expense and gain (loss) on disposal of fixed 

assets. Interest income represents interest received on our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities. Interest 
expense consists primarily of the interest incurred on outstanding borrowings under our financing obligations, existing 
notes and credit facility.

48

 
Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense consists of U.S. federal and state income taxes. We incurred minimal income tax expense for 

2016, 2015, and 2014. Net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes were $183.5 million at December 
31, 2016. State net operating loss carryforwards were approximately $176.4 million at December 31, 2016. Federal net 
operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2022, if not utilized. State net operating losses will 
expire at various dates beginning in 2022, if not utilized. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets 
to the amount we believe is more likely than not to be realized.

Results of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated (in 

thousands).

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

Revenue
Cost of revenue(1)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing(1)
Research and development(1)
General and administrative(1)
Total operating expenses

Loss from operations
Other income (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense on building lease financing obligations
Interest expense on other borrowings
Other expense

Total other expense, net

Loss before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net loss

  $

  $

233,335    $
120,681   
112,654   

185,143    $
102,851   
82,292   

55,488   
56,584   
32,750   
144,822   
(32,168)  

138   
(6,826)  
(1,095)  
(90)  
(7,873)  
(40,041)  
17   
(40,058)   $

58,589   
52,250   
25,727   
136,566   
(54,274)  

188   
(7,092)  
(877)  
(4)  
(7,785)  
(62,059)  
25   
(62,084)   $

137,420 
87,470 
49,950 

48,467 
41,729 
18,657 
108,853 
(58,903)

77 
(3,624)
(682)
(22)
(4,251)
(63,154)
25 
(63,179)

(1) Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

Cost of revenue
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

  $

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

2,798    $
3,213   
4,532   
7,545   

1,950    $
2,861   
2,399   
3,244   

986 
1,395 
1,376 
1,831  

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of 

the periods indicated (as a percentage of revenue).

Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Total operating expenses

Loss from operations
Other income (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense on building lease financing obligations
Interest expense on other borrowings
Other expense

Total other expense, net

Loss before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net loss

Our Segments

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

100.0  %  
51.7   
48.3   

23.8   
24.3   
14.0   
62.1   
(13.8)  

0.1   
(2.9)  
(0.5)  
-   
(3.4)  
(17.2)  
-   
(17.2) %  

100.0  %  
55.6   
44.4   

31.6   
28.2   
13.6   
73.8   
(29.3)  

0.1   
(3.8)  
(0.5)  
-   
(4.2)  
(33.5)  
-   
(33.5) %  

100.0  %
63.7   
36.3   

35.3   
30.4   
13.6   
79.2   
(42.9)  

0.1   
(2.6)  
(0.5)  
-   
(3.1)  
(46.0)  
-   

(46.0) %

The following table sets forth segment results for revenue and gross profit for the periods indicated (in thousands): 

Revenue from external customers by segment:

Employer
Carrier

Total net revenue from external customers
Gross profit by segment

Employer
Carrier

Total gross profit by segment

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

  $

  $

  $

  $

140,522    $
92,813   
233,335    $

53,031    $
59,623   
112,654    $

94,842    $
90,301   
185,143    $

33,655    $
48,637   
82,292    $

62,016 
75,404 
137,420 

16,186 
33,764 
49,950  

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2016
    Percentage of

2015
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Software services
Professional services
Total revenue

 $

 $

201,797 
31,538 
233,335 

(in thousands)
86.5  %  $
13.5 

100.0  %  $

161,477 
23,666 
185,143 

87.2  %  $
12.8 

100.0  %  $

40,320 
7,872 
48,192 

25.0  %
33.3 
26.0  %

Growth in software services revenue was primarily attributable to existing customers adding covered lives to our 

offerings, or volume increases, and also to existing customers purchasing additional products as well as to the net 
addition of new customers, as the number of large employer and carrier customers increased to 886 as of December 31, 
2016 from 777 as of December 31, 2015. 

The increase in professional services revenue was in part attributable to the recognition of $7.5 million of 

implementation services provided to newly activated customers, new products provided to existing customers and $4.3 
million attributable to the acceleration of the customer relationship period for certain customers.

50

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
   
 
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
Segment Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2016
    Percentage of

2015
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Employer
Carrier
Total revenue

 $

 $

140,522 
92,813 
233,335 

(in thousands)
60.2  %  $
39.8 

100.0  %  $

94,842 
90,301 
185,143 

51.2  %  $
48.8 

100.0  %  $

45,680 
2,512 
48,192 

48.2  %
2.8 
26.0  %

Growth in our employer revenue was primarily attributable to a $42.9 million increase in our employer software 
services revenue driven primarily by new customers and volume increases, as well as additional products sold to existing 
customers.  Additionally, employer professional services revenue increased $2.7 million, including a $0.7 million increase 
from services with standalone value. 

The increase in carrier revenue in absolute terms was primarily attributable to a $5.1 million increase in professional 

services revenue, offset by a decrease of $2.6 million in software services revenue. The professional services revenue 
increase was primarily driven by implementations related to additional products with existing customers and the 
acceleration of the customer relationship period for certain customers. Carrier software services revenue decreased as 
volume decreases from existing customers exceeded increases in revenue from new customers.   

Cost of Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2016
    Percentage of

2015
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Cost of revenue

 $

120,681 

(in thousands)
51.7  %  $

102,851 

55.6  %  $

17,830 

17.3  %

The increase in cost of revenue in absolute terms was in part attributable to a $14.4 million increase in salaries and 

personnel-related costs to support an increased number of customers and volume, as well as professional fees 
associated with third-party deliveries. This increase included an increase in stock-based compensation of $0.9 million. 
The remaining increase was attributable to other operating expenses related to security, technology infrastructure, 
depreciation and amortization, and facilities costs to support our organization. However, cost of revenue as a percentage 
of revenue has continued to decrease as a result of economies of scale as our revenues have grown. 

Gross Profit

Year Ended December 31,

2016
    Percentage of

2015
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Software services
Professional services
Gross profit

 $

 $

122,686 
(10,032)
112,654 

(in thousands)
60.8  %  $
(31.8)
48.3  %  $

102,301 
(20,009)
82,292 

63.4  %  $
(84.5)
44.4  %  $

20,385 
9,977 
30,362 

19.9  %
(49.9)
36.9  %

The increase in software services gross profit was driven by a $40.3 million, or 25.0%, increase in software services 

revenue. This increase was partially offset by a $19.9 million, or 33.7%, increase in software services cost of revenue. 
Software services cost of revenue included $1.7 million and $0.9 million of stock-based compensation expense for the 
years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and $8.9 million and $7.7 million of depreciation and 
amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The improvement in professional services gross loss was driven by a $7.9 million, or 33.3%, increase in professional 

services revenue and a decrease in professional services cost of revenue of $2.1 million. Professional services cost of 
revenue included $1.1 million and $1.0 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 
2016 and 2015, respectively. In addition, professional services cost of revenue included $1.2 million and $1.4 million in 

51

 
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As discussed in 
“Components of Operating Results—Cost of Revenue”, we expense our cost of revenue as we incur the costs. However, 
recognition of the related revenue from implementation services performed before a customer is operating on our platform 
is generally deferred until the commencement of the monthly subscription. Since July 1, 2015, our Employer Benefitfocus 
Marketplace implementation services have been the exception to this rule, being fully recognized as revenue at the time 
of completion. Beginning at that time, we recognize the revenue ratably over the longer of the related contract term or the 
estimated expected life of the customer relationship, which is 7 years for 2016 and 2015.  Therefore, we expense the cost 
incurred in providing these services prior to the recognition of the corresponding revenue. For this reason, as well as due 
to the personnel-related costs associated with providing implementation services, our cost associated with providing 
implementation services has been significantly higher as a percentage of related revenue than our cost associated with 
providing our monthly subscription services.

Segment Gross Profit

Employer
Carrier
Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,

2016
    Percentage of

2015
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

 $

 $

53,031 
59,623 
112,654 

(in thousands)
37.7  %  $
64.2 
48.3  %  $

33,655 
48,637 
82,292 

35.5  %  $
53.9 
44.4  %  $

19,376 
10,986 
30,362 

57.6  %
22.6 
36.9  %

The increase in employer gross profit was driven by a $45.7 million, or 48.2%, increase in employer revenue being 

only partially offset by a $26.3 million, or 43.0%, increase in employer cost of revenue as we continued to achieve 
economies of scale.  The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to increased personnel-related costs to 
support our customer base as well as increased depreciation and amortization, technology infrastructure costs and 
security-related costs. Our employer cost of revenue included $5.8 million and $4.6 million of depreciation and 
amortization for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. In addition, our employer cost 
of revenue included $2.0 million and $1.0 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 
31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The increase in carrier gross profit was driven by an increase in carrier revenue of $2.5 million, or 2.8%, in 
combination with a decrease in carrier cost of revenue of $8.5 million, or 20.3%. The decrease in cost of revenue was 
primarily attributable to a decrease in customer-specific development, as opposed to platform enhancements and 
development. Our carrier cost of revenue included $4.2 million and $4.5 million in depreciation and amortization for the 
years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. In addition, our carrier cost of revenue included 
$0.8 million and $0.9 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively.

Operating Expenses

Year Ended December 31,

2016
    Percentage of

2015
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

 $
 $
 $

55,488 
56,584 
32,750 

(in thousands)
23.8  %  $
24.3  %  $
14.0  %  $

58,589 
52,250 
25,727 

31.6  %  $
28.2  %  $
13.9  %  $

(3,101)
4,334 
7,023 

(5.3) %
8.3  %
27.3  %

The decrease in sales and marketing expense was attributable to lower compensation expenses, including the 
impact of a significant carrier deal that occurred in the first quarter of 2015 and a large employer deal that occurred in the 
third quarter of 2015, as well as the departure of the Chief Commercial Officer in the fourth quarter of 2015. Additionally, 
we experienced efficiencies that reduced travel-related expenses by $0.9 million and experienced a $0.6 million decrease 
in other operating expenses. 

52

 
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
   
 
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The increase in research and development expense in absolute terms was primarily attributable to a $4.5 million 

increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, including an increase in stock-based compensation of $2.1 million 
comprised of $0.5 million for the accrual of separation benefits related to the departure of our former Chief Technology 
Officer and $1.6 million attributable to equity awards granted to new and existing research and development associates. 
These increases were offset by a $2.0 million increase of personnel-related cost capitalized as part of software 
development. Additionally, we experienced a $0.9 million increase in engineering consulting fees for assistance in product 
development and a $0.9 million increase in technology infrastructure costs.

The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $5.7 million increase in salaries 

and personnel-related costs comprised of a $4.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expense and a $1.2 million 
increase due to additional general and administrative headcount and the accrual of separation benefits related the 
retirement of our former Chief Financial Officer. The increase in stock-based compensation is partly attributable to the 
issuance of stock-based awards in lieu of cash compensation to certain senior executives and a $3.5 million increase in 
stock-based compensation expense due to additional grants. We also experienced a $1.2 million increase in facilities 
costs, depreciation expense and technology infrastructure costs.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2015
    Percentage of

2014
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Software services
Professional services
Total revenue

 $

 $

161,477 
23,666 
185,143 

(in thousands)
87.2  %  $
12.8 

100.0  %  $

125,083 
12,337 
137,420 

91.0  %  $

9.0 

100.0  %  $

36,394 
11,329 
47,723 

29.1  %
91.8 
34.7  %

Growth in software services revenue was primarily attributable to the addition of new customers, as the number of 

large employer and carrier customers increased to 777 as of December 31, 2015 from 596 as of December 31, 2014 and 
higher volumes from existing customers. The increase in professional services revenue of $11.3 million between the year 
ended December 31, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was in part attributable to the change in the customer 
relationship period from 10 to 7 years, resulting in an increase in revenue of $3.3 million from customers that were using 
our platform prior to the beginning of 2015. The remaining increase of $8.0 million was related to newly activated 
customers and products and other services provided to existing customers, including $2.4 million of revenue from services 
delivered that have standalone value.

Segment Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2015
    Percentage of

2014
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Employer
Carrier
Total revenue

 $

 $

94,842 
90,301 
185,143 

(in thousands)
51.2  %  $
48.8 

100.0  %  $

62,016 
75,404 
137,420 

45.1  %  $
54.9 

100.0  %  $

32,826 
14,897 
47,723 

52.9  %
19.8 
34.7  %

Growth in our employer revenue was primarily attributable to a $28.7 million increase in our employer software 
services revenue driven primarily by an increase in the number of large employer customers using our platform as of 
December 31, 2015 as compared to December 31, 2014 and increased volumes from existing customers. The increase in 
professional services included $2.4 million from services delivered that have standalone value. Additionally, employer 
professional services increased $0.6 million as a result of the change in the customer relationship period from 10 to 7 
years for customers that were using our platform prior to the beginning of 2015. An additional increase of $1.1 million was 
attributable to employer professional services primarily related to newly completed implementations.

Growth in carrier revenue was attributable to an increase of $7.7 million in our carrier software services revenue and 

$7.2 million from our carrier professional services revenue. Increased carrier software services revenue was driven 
primarily by higher volumes and customer product implementations during the year ended December 31, 2015 as 

53

 
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
   
 
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. The change in customer relationship period from 10 to 7 years for 
customers that were using our platform prior to the beginning of 2015 contributed a $0.9 million increase in carrier 
software services revenue. Increased carrier professional services revenue includes $4.5 million from customers and 
products that went live on the platform during 2015 and other services provided to existing customers as well as $2.7 
million from the change in customer relationship.

Cost of Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2015
    Percentage of

2014
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Cost of revenue

 $

102,851 

(in thousands)
55.6  %  $

87,470 

63.7  %  $

15,381 

17.6  %

The increase in cost of revenue was in part attributable to a $13.3 million increase in salaries and personnel-related 

costs and professional fees, including an increase of $0.9 million related to stock-based compensation. Approximately 
$5.8 million of the increase in salaries and personnel-related costs was associated with increased client service capacity 
to support our growing number of customers and an increase in engineering costs of $6.7 million. Also, we experienced a 
$2.3 million increase in infrastructure maintenance costs to support our platform and additional depreciation and 
amortization and facilities costs related to the increase in the number of employees.

Gross Profit

Year Ended December 31,

2015
    Percentage of

2014
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Software services
Professional services
Gross profit

 $

 $

102,301 
(20,009)
82,292 

(in thousands)
63.4  %  $
(84.5)
44.4  %  $

75,235 
(25,285)
49,950 

60.1  %  $

(205.0)

36.3  %  $

27,066 
5,276 
32,342 

36.0  %
(20.9)
64.7  %

The increase in software services gross profit in absolute terms was driven by a $36.4 million, or 29.1%, increase in 

software services revenue. This increase was partially offset by a $9.3 million, or 18.7%, increase in software services 
cost of revenue. Software services cost of revenue included $0.9 million and $0.4 million of stock-based compensation 
expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $7.7 million and $7.2 million of depreciation 
and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The decrease in professional services gross loss was driven by an $11.3 million, or 91.8% increase in professional 

services revenue, partially offset by an increase in professional services cost of revenue of $6.1 million. Professional 
services cost of revenue included $1.0 million and $0.5 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In addition, professional services cost of revenue included $1.4 million and 
$0.8 million in depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As 
discussed in “Components of Operating Results—Cost of Revenue”, our cost of revenue is expensed as we incur the 
costs. However, the related revenue from fees we receive for our implementation services performed before a customer is 
operating on our platform is deferred until the commencement of the monthly subscription and, with the exception of our 
Employer Benefitfocus Marketplace implementation services which, since July 1, 2015, have been fully recognized as 
revenue at the time of completion, recognized as revenue ratably over the longer of the related contract term or the 
estimated expected life of the customer relationship, which is 7 years for 2015 and 10 years for 2014.  Therefore, the cost 
incurred in providing these services is expensed in periods prior to the recognition of the corresponding revenue. For this 
reason, as well as due to the personnel-related costs associated with providing implementation services, our cost 
associated with providing implementation services has been significantly higher as a percentage of related revenue than 
our cost associated with providing our monthly subscription services.

54

 
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
Segment Gross Profit

Employer
Carrier
Gross profit

Year Ended December 31,

2015
    Percentage of

2014
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

 $

 $

33,655 
48,637 
82,292 

(in thousands)
35.5  %  $
53.9 
44.4  %  $

16,186 
33,764 
49,950 

26.1  %  $
44.8 
36.3  %  $

17,469 
14,873 
32,342 

107.9  %
44.0 
64.7  %

Employer gross profit increased by $17.5 million, or 107.9%, between the year ended December 31, 2014 and the 

year ended December 31, 2015. The $32.8 million, or 52.9%, increase in employer revenue was offset by a $15.4 million, 
or 33.5%, increase in employer cost of revenue. The increase in cost of revenue was attributable to costs associated with 
supporting the increased number of employer customers live on the platform and the increased cost of providing services, 
including customer implementations. Our employer gross profit included $4.6 million and $3.5 million of depreciation and 
amortization for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. In addition, our employer 
gross profit included $1.0 million and $0.5 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 
31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Carrier gross profit increased by $14.9 million, or 44.0%, between the year ended December 31, 2014 and the year 

ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily attributable to a $14.9 million, or 19.8%, increase in carrier 
revenue and no change in carrier cost of revenue. Carrier cost of revenue was flat between year ended December 31, 
2014 and the year ended December 31, 2015 as efforts shifted to the employer segment to support the growth in 
employer customers which resulted in fewer costs allocated to carrier cost of revenue. Our carrier gross profit included 
$4.5 million in depreciation and amortization in each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. In 
addition, our carrier gross profit included $0.9 million and $0.4 million of stock-based compensation expense for the years 
ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Operating Expenses

Year Ended December 31,

2015
    Percentage of

2014
    Percentage of

Period-to-Period Change

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Revenue

Amount

Percentage

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

 $
 $
 $

58,589 
52,250 
25,727 

(in thousands)
31.6  %  $
28.2  %  $
13.9  %  $

48,467 
41,729 
18,657 

35.3  %  $
30.4  %  $
13.6  %  $

10,122 
10,521 
7,070 

20.9  %
25.2  %
37.9  %

The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $10.8 million increase in salaries and 
personnel-related costs, including an increase in stock-based compensation of $1.5 million, due to sales and marketing 
associates hired to continue driving revenue growth. We experienced additional increases of $0.4 million in costs related 
to facilities and overhead allocation, recruiting, professional fees and other operating costs. These increases were offset 
by decreases in costs related to sales and marketing events of $0.6 million and travel-related costs of $0.5 million.

The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $6.8 million increase in salaries 

and personnel-related costs, including an increase in stock-based compensation of $1.0 million, due to growth in the 
number of research and development associates. Additionally, we experienced a $3.0 million increase in engineering 
consulting fees for assistance in product development and $0.8 million related to increases in other operating costs and 
facilities and overhead allocation driven by an increase in the number of employees.

The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable $3.5 million increase in salaries and 

personnel-related costs, including a $1.4 million increase in stock-based compensation expense due to increased 
headcount. We also experienced a $2.5 million increase in consulting and professional fees and insurance related to 
being a publicly traded company. In addition, we experienced a $1.1 million increase related primarily to increases in 
facilities and overhead costs.

55

 
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
   
 
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
 
     
       
   
 
 
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates 

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our 

consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these 
consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, 
and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical 
experience and on various other assumptions that we believe reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results might 
differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements 

appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the 
process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We derive the majority of our revenue from software services fees, which consist primarily of monthly subscription 
fees paid by customers for access to and usage of our cloud-based benefits software solutions for a specified contract 
term. We also derive revenue from professional services which primarily include fees related to the integration of 
customers’ systems with our platform, which typically includes discovery, configuration, deployment, testing, and training.

We recognize revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the service has been provided, the 

fees to be paid by the customer are fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We consider delivery 
of our cloud-based software services has commenced once access to a configured and live instance on our platform has 
been delivered.

Our arrangements generally contain multiple elements comprised of software services and professional services. 

We evaluate each element in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An 
element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the 
undelivered element is probable and within our control.

When multiple deliverables included in an arrangement are separable into different units of accounting, the 
arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified units of accounting based on their relative selling price. Multiple 
deliverable arrangements accounting guidance provides a hierarchy to use when determining the relative selling price for 
each unit of accounting. Vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, based on the price at which the item 
is regularly sold by the vendor on a standalone basis, should be used if it exists. If VSOE of selling price is not available, 
third-party evidence (“TPE”) of selling price is used to establish the selling price if it exists. VSOE and TPE do not 
currently exist for any of our deliverables. Accordingly, for arrangements with multiple deliverables that can be separated 
into different units of accounting, the arrangement fee is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on our best 
estimate of selling price. The amount of arrangement fee allocated is limited by contingent revenues, if any.

Effective July 1, 2015, we determined that we had established standalone value for Benefitfocus Marketplace 
implementation services in the Employer segment as they are now sold separately from the software services. This was 
primarily due to the system integrators that have been trained and certified to perform these implementation services, the 
successful completion of an implementation by a trained system integrator, and the sale of several software subscription 
arrangements to customers in the Employer segment without our implementation services prior to July 1, 2015. 
Accordingly, revenues related to implementation services for the Benefitfocus Marketplace solution in the Employer 
segment that are delivered after July 1, 2015 are recognized separately from the revenues earned from the Employer 
software subscription services. Revenues related to such implementation services are recognized at the time that the 
professional services have been completed. Prior to July 1, 2015, we did not have standalone value for implementation 
services related to the Benefitfocus Marketplace solution as we had historically performed these services to support 
customers’ implementation of this solution. The incremental revenue from recognition of services upon delivery compared 
to recognition over the customer relationship period of 7 years was $2.3 million for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2015.

Certain of our other professional services, including implementation services related to the Carrier segment, are not 

sold separately from the software services and there is no alternative use for them. As such, we have determined that 
those professional services do not have standalone value. Accordingly, software services and professional services are 
combined and recognized as a single unit of accounting. We generally recognize software services fees monthly based on 

56

 
the number of employees covered by the relevant benefits plans at contracted rates for a specified period of time, once 
the criteria for revenue recognition described above have been satisfied. We recognize revenue on Benefitfocus 
Marketplace implementation services in the Employer segment that have standalone value at the time the services have 
been completed. We defer recognition of revenue for fees from professional services that do not have standalone value 
and begin recognizing such revenue once the services are delivered and the related software services have commenced, 
ratably over the longer of the contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship. Costs incurred by 
us in connection with providing such professional services are charged to expense as incurred and are included in “Cost 
of revenue.”

In January 2015, we adjusted the estimated expected life of the customer relationship period for both segments. 
This change in estimate was the result of analyzing recent quantitative and qualitative observations in the market and 
factors impacting our business. This change in estimate shortened the term over which deferred revenue is recognized 
from 10 to 7 years and was applied prospectively to unamortized professional services fees over the longer of the contract 
term or the adjusted estimated expected life of the customer relationship. 

The change in the customer relationship period increased the amount of revenue recognized during the year ended 

December 31, 2015, which decreased both loss from continuing operations and net loss by $6,207, and decreased loss 
per share by $0.22 for the year. As a result of the change in the customer relationship period, Employer and Carrier 
revenue increased by $1,137 and $5,070, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

We also earn commissions from brokerage services from our voluntary benefit insurance offerings. We recognize 

revenue when these commissions are earned.

Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Doubtful Accounts and Returns

We state accounts receivable at realizable value, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and estimated returns. 

We maintain the allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses expected to result from the inability of some 
customers to make payments as they become due. We base our estimated allowance on our analysis of past due 
amounts and ongoing credit evaluations. Historically, our actual collection experience has not varied significantly from our 
estimates, due primarily to our credit and collection policies and the financial strength of our customers.

The allowances for returns are accounted for as reductions of revenue and are estimated based on the Company’s 
periodic assessment of historical experience and trends. The Company considers factors such as the time lag since the 
initiation of revenue recognition, historical reasons for adjustments, new customer volume, complexity of billing 
arrangements, timing of software availability, and past due customer billings.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business 
combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to 
an annual impairment test. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level annually on October 31, or more 
frequently if events or changes in business circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired.

When testing goodwill for impairment, we first perform an assessment of qualitative factors, including but not limited 

to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company-specific events, changes in strategy and 
circumstances, revenue, and operating margins. If qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair 
value of the relevant reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit 
level using a two-step approach. In step one, we determine if the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the unit’s carrying 
value. If step one indicates that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform step two, 
determining the fair value of goodwill and, if the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, recording an 
impairment charge.

We have determined that we have two operating segments, employer and carrier. To determine the fair value of our 

reporting units, we primarily use a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant assumptions and estimates 
about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the determination of an appropriate 
discount rate, estimated terminal value and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows.

57

 
Stock-Based Compensation

We have issued two types of stock-based awards under our stock plans: stock options and restricted stock units. 

Stock-based awards granted to associates, directors, and non-associate third parties are measured at fair value at each 
grant date. We recognize stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, ratably over the requisite service period 
of the option award. Generally, options vest 25% on the one-year anniversary of the grant date with the balance vesting 
over the following 36 months. We previously granted options that vest 100% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. 
Restricted stock unit awards generally vest 25% on each anniversary of the grant date over 4 years. 

In 2016 and 2015, we granted performance restricted stock units that vest upon the achievement of certain financial 

performance targets. Compensation expense for performance restricted stock units, which are accounted for as equity 
awards, is recognized over the requisite service period when it is probable that the award will vest.  Significant judgment is 
involved in assessing the probability of achieving performance measures.  

Determination of the Fair Value of Stock-Based Compensation Grants

Prior to our IPO, we were a private company with no active public market for our common stock. We have 

periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various 
dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of 
Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as 
Compensation,” or the Practice Aid. When determining the fair market value of our common stock, we considered what 
we believe to be comparable publicly traded companies, discounted free cash flows, and an analysis of our enterprise 
value.

Since our IPO, we determined fair value for restricted stock unit awards based on the closing price of our common 

stock on the date of grant or, if not a trading day, the trading day following the grant date. 

We did not grant any stock options in 2016, 2015 or 2014.

We based our estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, on our analysis of historical behavior by stock 

award holders. We apply the estimated forfeiture rate to the total estimated fair value of the awards, as derived from the 
Black-Scholes model, to compute the stock-based compensation expense, net of pre-vesting forfeitures, to be recognized 
in our consolidated statements of operations.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, 

“Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” which allows us to make a policy election to account for 
forfeitures as they occur. Starting in 2017, we have elected to no longer estimate pre-vesting forfeitures. 

Based upon the closing stock price on December 30, 2016 of $29.70, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding 

options to purchase shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2016 was $15.7million, of which $15.6 million 
related to vested options and $0.1 million to unvested options. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding restricted 
stock units as of December 31, 2016 was $43.6 million, of which all were unvested.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities 
for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing 
assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We 
measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in 
which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on 
deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We reduce 
the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not 
realize some or all of the deferred tax asset.

We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, 

based upon technical merits, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. We recognize 
potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions within our global operations in income 
tax expense.

58

 
Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Sources of Liquidity

As of December 31, 2016, our primary sources of liquidity were our cash and cash equivalents totaling $56.9 million 
and $2.0 million in marketable securities, $33.0 million in accounts receivables, net of allowance, and unused availability 
under a revolving line of credit of $54.8 million, without taking into account the borrowing base limit. The terms of our 
revolving line of credit are described in Note 8 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.

In October and December 2016, we amended our revolving line of credit agreement. The October amendment, 
among other things, increased the borrowing capacity to $95.0 million and extended the termination date of the facility to 
February 20, 2020. It also altered certain definitions in the revolving line of credit agreement, including the Alternate Base 
Rate. As a result of certain of these definitional changes, the Alternate Base Rate was modified to be the prime rate as 
published in the Wall Street Journal plus a margin based on our liquidity that ranges between 0.75% and 1.25%. Certain 
covenants were also revised, including those related to accounts receivable, Minimum Consolidated EBITDA 
requirements, permitted Indebtedness and certain capital expenditure limits. 

We are bound by customary affirmative and negative covenants in connection with the revolving line of credit, 

including financial covenants related to liquidity and EBITDA. In the event of a default, the lenders may declare all 
obligations immediately due and stop advancing money or extending credit under the line of credit. The line of credit is 
collateralized by substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets, including intellectual property and the equity of our 
subsidiaries.

Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe our future cash flows from operating 

activities and existing cash balances will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. 

Going forward, we may access capital markets to raise additional equity or debt financing for various business 
reasons, including required debt payments and acquisitions. The timing, term, size, and pricing of any such financing will 
depend on investor interest and market conditions, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any such 
financing on favorable terms or at all.

Cash Flows 

Our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows: 

Cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Operating Activities

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015
(in thousands)

2014

  $

  $

(22,826)   $
25,516     
6,089     
8,779    $

(31,545)   $
(50,245)    
78,790     
(3,000)   $

(18,878)
(1,953)
6,260 
(14,571)

For 2016, our operating activities used $22.8 million of cash, as $38.8 million for non-cash adjustments were more 
than offset by our net loss of $40.0 million and $21.6 million of cash used in changes in working capital. Adjustments for 
non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $13.1 million, accrual of interest on 
financing obligations of $6.8 million, and non-cash stock compensation expense of $18.1 million. The cash used in 
changes in working capital primarily consisted of a decrease in deferred revenue of $17.7 million, an increase in accounts 
receivable of $3.9 million, and a decrease in accrued compensation and benefits of $3.3 million as the result of timing of 
payments of accrued amounts. Changes in working capital that provided cash totaled $5.2 million and were primarily 
comprised of an increase of accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities and a decrease in prepaid expenses.

For 2015, our operating activities used $31.5 million, as changes in working capital provided $1.3 million cash and 

adjustments for non-cash items of $29.3 million partially offset a net loss of $62.1 million.  The cash provided by changes 
in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in accrued compensation and benefits of $3.3 million, an increase in 
accrued expenses of $3.0 million, and an increase in accounts payable of $3.4 million, offset by an increase in accounts 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
 
   
   
receivable of $7.8 million.  The increase in accrued compensation and benefits resulted from an increase in the number of 
associates. The increases in accrued expenses and accounts payable are the result of timing of the receipt of invoices 
and the timing of payments.  The increase in accounts receivable resulted from a few significant invoices related to new 
contracts and the normal timing of customer payments.

For 2014, our operating activities used $18.9 million of cash, as $24.8 million of cash provided by changes in 
working capital and $19.5 million in adjustments for non-cash items, were more than offset by a net loss of $63.2 million. 
Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $9.5 million, non-cash 
stock compensation expense of $5.6 million, change in fair value and accretion of warrant of $0.7 million, and accrual of 
interest on financing obligations of $3.6 million. The cash provided by changes in working capital primarily consisted of an 
increase in deferred revenue of $14.3 million, an increase in accrued compensation and benefits of $3.2 million, an 
increase in accrued expenses of $2.5 million, and a decrease in accounts receivable of $2.4 million. The increase in 
deferred revenue was a result of contracts closed during the period with associated upfront fees, which will be recognized 
as revenue, ratably over the customer relationship period, beginning once the software services have commenced. The 
increase in accrued compensation and benefits resulted from an increase in the number of associates. The decrease in 
accounts receivable resulted from normal timing of customer payments. The increase in accrued expenses resulted from 
an increase in cost of revenue and operating expenses. 

  Investing Activities

For 2016, investing activities provided $25.5 million as proceeds from the maturity of short-term investments of 
$40.2 million were partially offset by purchases of property and equipment of $12.7 million and investments in marketable 
securities of $2.0 million.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $50.2 million for 2015 as net purchases of marketable securities were 

$35.5 million and cash purchases of property and equipment were $14.7 million.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $2.0 million for 2014 as net cash used in the purchase of property and 

equipment was $9.8 million partially offset by the cash provided by net maturity of short-term investments held to maturity 
of $7.9 million.

Financing Activities

For 2016, net cash provided by financing activities was $6.1 million, as cash from the exercise of stock options of 

$6.9 million and net borrowings under the revolving line of credit of $10.0 million were partially offset by payments on 
capital lease and financing obligations.  Cash from the exercise of stock options included $5.1 million related to the 
exercise of options by our Chief Executive Officer that were set to expire in February 2017. 

For 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $78.8 million, primarily as a result of $74.5 million from the 

issuance of common stock and a warrant in a private placement to Mercer, and net draws on the revolving line of credit of 
$12.6 million offset by payments on financing and capital lease obligations of $9.9 million.

For 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $6.3 million, consisting of a $14.0 million draw on revolving 
line of credit and $2.8 million in proceeds from exercises of stock options, offset by $8.2 million in payments on financing 
and capital lease obligations and payments on revolving line of credit of $2.1 million.

On March 28, 2014, a major customer exercised its warrant through a cashless exercise in accordance with the 

warrant’s terms, resulting in the issuance of 455,521 shares of common stock. The measured value of the warrant 
became fully recognized against revenue in October 2014.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balances, cash generated from operations, and our ability to 
draw on the revolving line of credit will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 12 
months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our customer growth rate, subscription 
renewal activity, the timing and extent of development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the 
introduction of new and enhanced services offerings, and the continuing market acceptance of our services. We might 
require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. If our available cash and cash equivalents balances 
are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell equity or convertible debt securities or enter into 
an additional credit facility. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and 

60

 
those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. If we raise additional funds through the issuance 
of convertible debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. Additional 
capital might not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding credit facility, non-cancelable leases for our 

office space and computer equipment and purchase commitments for our co-location and other support services. The 
following table summarizes these contractual obligations at December 31, 2016. Future events could cause actual 
payments to differ from these estimates. 

Contractual Obligations

Total

Less than 1
year

Payment due by period

1-3 years
(in thousands)

3-5 years

More than 5
years

Long-term debt--Revolving line of credit (1)

  $

40,246    $

-    $

-    $

40,246    $

Operating lease obligations
Capital lease obligations
Financing obligations, build-to-suit leases
Financing obligations, other
Purchase commitments

14,285     
56,069     
114,833     
2,606     
12,932     

1,345     
4,935     
6,174     
897     
6,770     

2,220     
10,070     
12,909     
1,709     
6,082     

1,589     
6,338     
13,696     
-     
80     

- 

9,131 
34,726 
82,054 
- 
- 

Total

  $

240,971    $

20,121    $

32,990    $

61,949    $

125,911  

(1) Repayment of the revolving line of credit is due at end of the term in 2020. Early repayment is allowed. Interest is 

paid monthly.

In October 2016, we amended our revolving line of credit agreement to, among other things, increase the borrowing 

capacity to $95.0 million and extend the termination date of the facility to February 20, 2020.  Borrowing capacity under 
this agreement is subject to a borrowing base limit that is a function of our monthly recurring revenue as adjusted to reflect 
lost customer revenue during the previous three calendar months. Therefore, credit available under our line of credit may 
be less than the $95.0 million borrowing limit. Interest is payable monthly. Advances under the revolving line of credit 
agreement bear interest at the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal plus a margin based on the Company’s 
liquidity that ranges between 0.75% and 1.25%. The Company is charged an unused line fee under this arrangement at a 
rate based on its liquidity of 0.300% to 0.375% per year. Any outstanding principal is due at the end of the term.  Available 
credit is $29.5 million as of December 31, 2016.

In December 2016, we entered into a cancellable lease agreement to build additional office space on our 

headquarters campus.  Under the agreement, we agreed to commence construction on or about April 1, 2018 for a target 
lease commencement date of July 1, 2019.  We can terminate the agreement prior to April 1, 2018 subject to reimbursing 
the lessor for reasonable pre-agreed out-of-pocket expenses. Annual rent obligation for the first year is $4.4 million and 
increases 2% each subsequent year during the 15-year lease term.  We can renew the lease for five, one-year terms. The 
aggregate minimum lease payments are approximately $75.8 million and are not reflected in the contractual obligations 
table above. 

  Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2016, other than as disclosed in Note 15, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, 
as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, 
or special purpose entities. We are not the primary beneficiary of, nor do we have a controlling financial interest in, any 
variable interest entity. Accordingly, we have not consolidated any variable interest entities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, which amends the 

revenue recognition requirements in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. Under the new standard, revenue is 
recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and is recognized in an amount that reflects 
the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods and services. In addition, the standard 
requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
customers.  The FASB has recently issued several amendments to the standard, including clarification on accounting for 
licenses of intellectual property and identifying performance obligations. 

The standard permits two methods of adoption:  retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full 
retrospective), or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this statement recognized at the date of 
initial application (the modified retrospective method). The new standard will be effective for us beginning January 1, 
2018, with an option to early adopt. We will adopt the standard on the effective date but have not yet made a 
determination on the adoption method.

While we are continuing to assess all potential impacts of the standard, we have initially identified certain areas that 

might be more significantly affected, including the timing of revenue recognition for certain of our professional services 
and the accounting for sales commissions, which are currently expensed as incurred. We are also continuing to review 
the impact of this standard on potential disclosure changes in our consolidated financial statements as well as which 
transition approach will be applied. We cannot currently estimate the impact of adopting this standard.  We are also in the 
process of evaluating changes to our business processes and controls in order to support revenue recognition and 
disclosure under the new standard.

In June 2016, the FASB ASU No. 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” The purpose 

of this ASU is to require a financial asset measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to 
be collected. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities should be recorded through an allowance for credit 
losses. This ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. We are 
currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 “Leases (Topic 842).” The amendments in this update require 

lessees, among other things, to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases 
classified as operating leases under previous authoritative guidance. This update also introduces new disclosure 
requirements for leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2019, but early 
adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this update on our consolidated financial statements.

We are evaluating other accounting standards and exposure drafts that have been issued or proposed by the FASB 
or other standards setting bodies that do not require adoption until a future date to determine whether adoption will have a 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk.

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price 

of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument might change as a result of changes in interest rates, 
exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We do not use derivative financial 
instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we might enter into exchange rate 
hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit 
agreement, which was entered into in February 2015 and subsequently amended, bear interest at rates that are variable. 
Increases in the Prime Rate would increase the interest rate on borrowings under the revolving line of credit.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under the revolving line of credit agreement, which 
are subject to a variable interest rate. At December 31, 2016, we had borrowings under the agreement of $40.2 million. As 
a result, each change of one percentage point in interest rates would result in an approximate $0.4 million increase in our 
annual interest expense on our outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2016. Any debt we incur in the future may also 
bear interest at variable rates.

62

 
Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of 
operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, 
productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, 
we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm 
our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto 

beginning at page F-1 of this Report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our 

Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure 
controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the 
period covered by this report. 

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any disclosure 

controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving 
the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there 
are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible 
controls and procedures relative to their costs.

Based on their evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of 

December 31, 2016 our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to, and are effective to, provide assurance at a 
reasonable level that the information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act 
is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that such 
information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief 
Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures as of December 31, 2016.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for 
establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f) under the Exchange Act).  Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable 
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes 
in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material 
effect on the financial statements. 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our 
Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as 
of December 31, 2016, based on the Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) (2013 Framework). Based on this evaluation under the 
2013 Framework, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our internal control over 
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016. 

63

 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

No change in internal control over financial reporting occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter with respect to 

our operations, which has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting. 

Attestation Report of Registered Public Accounting Firm 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public 

accounting firm due to an exemption established by the JOBS Act for emerging growth companies. 

Item 9B. Other Information. 

On February 21, 2017, Jeffrey Laborde submitted his resignation as Chief Financial Officer of the Company.  He will 

remain in the CFO role with the Company through April 30, 2017.  His resignation was not related to any disagreement 
with the Company on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices, but was for personal reasons.

 The Company’s Board of Directors is in the process of conducting a search for a permanent Chief Financial Officer 

and will name Mr. Laborde’s successor at the completion of the search. 

64

 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

PART III

Information required by this Item concerning our directors is incorporated by reference from the sections captioned 
“Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance Matters” contained in our proxy statement related to the 2017 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on June 2, 2017 which we intend to file with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission within 120 days of the end of our fiscal year pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.

Our board of directors has determined that of the members of the Audit Committee, Messrs. Pelzer, Swad and 
Dennerline are independent within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules and meet the additional test for 
independence for audit committee members imposed by Securities and Exchange Commission regulation and the 
NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules. Our board has also determined that Mr. Pelzer is an “audit committee financial 
expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

We have adopted a code of ethics relating to the conduct of our business by all of our employees, officers, and 
directors, as well as a code of conduct specifically for our principal executive officer and senior financial officers. Each of 
these policies is posted on our website, www.benefitfocus.com.

The information required by this Item concerning our executive officers is set forth at the end of Part I of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K.

The information required by this Item concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the United States Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the section of the proxy statement captioned 
“Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the sections captioned 

“Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the proxy statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. 

The following table sets forth the indicated information as of December 31, 2016 with respect to our equity 

compensation plans: 

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercis
e
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights   

Number of
securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity compensatio
n
plans

3,965   $

1,789,660   $

405,710   $

2,199,335   $

28.22    

1.90    

6.13    

4.78    

146,035 

808,059 

- 

954,094  

Plan Category
Equity compensation plans
   approved by security holders

2016 Employee Stock Purchase 
Plan

2012 Stock Plan, as amended
Amended and Restated 2000
   Stock Option Plan

Total

Our equity compensation plans consist of the Benefitfocus, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 2012 Stock 
Plan, as amended and the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option Plan, which were approved by our stockholders. 
We do not have any equity compensation plans or arrangements that have not been approved by our stockholders.

The other information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the section 
captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” contained in the proxy statement.

65

 
 
 
  
 
     
      
      
 
   
   
   
   
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the section captioned 

“Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Matters” in the proxy statement.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the section captioned 

“Audit Committee Report” in the proxy statement.

66

 
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) 1. Financial Statements.

PART IV

The following statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 

2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 

and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not 

applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

(b) Exhibits. 

F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-30

Exhibit 
Number

2.1

3.1

3.2

4.1 

4.2

4.2.1

4.3

10.1

Exhibit Title
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 29, 
2013 by and among Benefitfocus.com, Inc., 
Benefitfocus, Inc., and Benefitfocus Mergeco, Inc.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of 
Benefitfocus, Inc.

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Benefitfocus, 
Inc.

Incorporated by Reference
(Unless Otherwise Indicated)

Form

File

Exhibit

Filing Date

S-1/A 333-190610

2.1 September 5, 2013

10-Q

8-K

—

—

3.1.3 November 12, 2013

3.2.1 September 19, 2016

Specimen Certificate for Common Stock.

S-1/A 333-190610

4.1 September 5, 2013

Form of Second Amended and Restated 
Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated                     , 
2013, by and among Benefitfocus, Inc. and 
certain stockholders named therein.

First Amendment to Second Amended and 
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated 
February 24, 2015, by and among Benefitfocus, 
Inc. and certain stockholders named therein.

Warrant for the Purchase of Shares of Common 
Stock of Benefitfocus, Inc. issued February 24, 
2015.

Form of Second Amended and Restated Voting 
Agreement, dated                     , 2013, by and 
among Benefitfocus, Inc., and certain 

67

S-1/A 333-190610

4.3 September 16, 2013

10-K

—

4.3.1 February 27, 2015

10-K

—

4.5 February 27, 2015

S-1/A 333-190610

10.2 September 5, 2013

 
Exhibit 
Number

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.5.1

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.11.1

10.12

10.12.1

10.13

10.14

Exhibit Title

Form

File

Exhibit

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference
(Unless Otherwise Indicated)

stockholders named therein.

Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Option 
Plan.#

Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option 
Agreement under the Amended and Restated 
2000 Stock Option Plan.#

Form of Grant Notice and Stock Option 
Agreement under the 2012 Stock Plan, as 
amended.#

S-1 333-190610

10.3

August 14, 2013

S-1 333-190610

10.5

August 14, 2013

S-1 333-190610

10.6

August 14, 2013

Form of Management Incentive Bonus Program.#

S-1 333-190610

10.7

August 14, 2013

Benefitfocus, Inc. Management Incentive Bonus 
Program.#

Employment Agreement, dated January 19, 
2007, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and 
Mason R. Holland, Jr.#

Employment Agreement, dated January 19, 
2007, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and 
Shawn A. Jenkins.#

Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 
2011, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and 
Milton A. Alpern.#

DEF 14A

—

—

April 25, 2014

S-1 333-190610

10.8

August 14, 2013

S-1 333-190610

10.9

August 14, 2013

S-1 333-190610

10.10

August 14, 2013

Form of Employment Agreement.#

S-1 333-190610

10.11

August 14, 2013

Form of Indemnification Agreement.#

S-1 333-190610

10.12

August 14, 2013

Lease between Daniel Island Executive Center, 
LLC and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of 
January 1, 2009, as amended.

Third Amendment to Lease between Daniel 
Island Executive Center, LLC and 
Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of December 12, 
2016.

Lease between Daniel Island Executive Center, 
LLC and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of May 
31, 2005.

First Amendment to Lease between Daniel Island 
Executive Center, LLC and Benefitfocus.com, 
Inc., dated as of December 12, 2016.

Master Business Agreement between Aetna Life 
Insurance Company and Benefitfocus.com, Inc., 
dated as of November 28, 2006.†

Lease between DIEC II, LLC and 
Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of December 13, 
2013.

S-1 333-190610

10.13

August 14, 2013

8-K

— 10.13.1 December 14, 2016

S-1 333-190610

10.14

August 14, 2013

8-K

— 10.14.1 December 14, 2016

S-1 333-190610

10.15

August 14, 2013

10-K

—

10.19 March 21, 2014

10.14.1

Amendment to Lease between DIEC II, LLC and 
Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of December 12, 
2016.

8-K

— 10.16.1 December 14, 2016

68

 
Incorporated by Reference
(Unless Otherwise Indicated)

File

Exhibit

—

Filing Date
April 25, 2014

—

—

—

10.16

June 23, 2014

10.20 February 27, 2015

Form
DEF 14A

8-K

10-K

10-K

—

10.21 February 27, 2015

8-K

—

10.22

April 8, 2015

10-Q

—

10.23

May 6, 2015

8-K

—

10.25

June 16, 2015

10-K

—

10.23 February 25, 2016

8-K

—

10.26 March 29, 2016

8-K

—

10.29 October 31, 2016

Exhibit 
Number

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.20.1

10.20.2

10.20.3

10.20.4

2012 Stock Plan, as amended.#

Exhibit Title

Form of Independent Director Compensation 
Agreement.

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of 
February 24, 2015, by and among Benefitfocus, 
Inc. and Mercer LLC.

Right of First Offer Agreement, dated as of 
February 24, 2015, by and among Benefitfocus, 
Inc., Mercer LLC, GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, 
L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG, 
GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital 
Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P., Oak Investment 
Partners XII, Limited Partnership and certain 
stockholders named therein.

Employment Agreement, dated June 25, 2014, by 
and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and Ray 
August.#

Senior Secured Credit Facility, dated as of 
February 20, 2015, by and among Benefitfocus, 
Inc., Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefit Informatics, 
Inc., BenefitStore, Inc., several lenders, Silicon 
Valley Bank, as administrative agent, issuing 
lender and swingline lender and Comerica Bank, 
as documentation agent.

First Amendment Agreement, dated as of June 
16, 2015, by and among Benefitfocus, Inc., 
Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefit Informatics, Inc., 
BenefitStore, Inc., several banks and other 
financial institutions or entities and Silicon Valley 
Bank, as administrative agent and collateral 
agent for lenders.

Second Amendment Agreement, dated as of 
December 18, 2015, by and among Benefitfocus, 
Inc., Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefit Informatics, 
Inc., BenefitStore, Inc., several banks and other 
financial institutions or entities and Silicon Valley 
Bank, as administrative agent and collateral 
agent for lenders.

Third Amendment Agreement, dated as of March 
24, 2016, by and among Benefitfocus, Inc., 
Benefitfocus.com, Inc., BenefitStore, Inc., several 
banks and other financial institutions or entities 
and Silicon Valley Bank, as administrative agent 
and collateral agent for lenders.

Fourth Amendment Agreement, dated as of 
October 28, 2016, by and among Benefitfocus, 
Inc., Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and BenefitStore, 
Inc., several banks and other financial institutions 
or entities and Silicon Valley Bank, as 
administrative agent and collateral agent for 

69

 
Exhibit Title

Form

File

Exhibit

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference
(Unless Otherwise Indicated)

Exhibit 
Number

10.20.5

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

lenders.++

Fifth Amendment Agreement, dated as of 
December 12, 2016, by and among Benefitfocus, 
Inc., Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and BenefitStore, 
Inc., several banks and other financial institutions 
or entities and Silicon Valley Bank, as 
administrative agent and collateral agent for 
lenders.

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of 
February 20, 2015, made by Benefitfocus, Inc., 
Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefit Informatics, Inc., 
BenefitStore, Inc., and other grantors, in favor of 
Silicon Valley Bank, as administrative agent.

Separation, Release and Consulting Agreement, 
dated as of December 21, 2015, by and between 
Milton A. Alpern and Benefitfocus.com, Inc.#

Employment Agreement, dated April 24, 2016, by 
and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and Dennis 
B. Story.#

Benefitfocus, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan.#

Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of 
September 1, 2016, by and among the 
Benefitfocus, Inc., Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and 
BenefitStore, Inc., the several banks and other 
financial institutions or entities party thereto and 
Silicon Valley Bank, as administration agent and 
collateral agent for the lenders.

Employment Agreement effective September 15, 
2016, by and between Benefitfocus.com, Inc. and 
Jeffrey M. Laborde. #

Lease between DIEC II, LLC and 
Benefitfocus.com, Inc., dated as of December 12, 
2016.

List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, and 
the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

70

8-K

—

10.32 December 14, 2016

10-Q

—

10.24

May 6, 2015

10-K

—

10.24 February 25, 2016

10-Q

—

10.26

May 5, 2016

DEF14A

8-K

—

—

—

April 22, 2016

10.28 September 1, 2016

10-Q

—

10.30 November 4, 2016

8-K

—

10.31 December 14, 2016

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

—

Filed herewith

—

Filed herewith

—

—

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

 
Exhibit Title

Form

File

Exhibit

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference
(Unless Otherwise Indicated)

Exhibit 
Number

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
Document.

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 
Document.

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
Document.

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation 
Linkbase Document.

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

#

+

++

Management contract or compensatory plan.

The registrant has received confidential treatment with respect to portions of this exhibit. Those portions have been 
omitted from the exhibit and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

The registrant has requested confidential treatment with respect to portions of this exhibit. Those portions have been 
omitted from the exhibit and filed separately with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

71

 
Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: February 24, 2017

Benefitfocus, Inc.

By:

/s/ Jeffrey M. Laborde                 
Jeffrey M. Laborde
Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following 

persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Capacity

Date

/s/ Mason R. Holland, Jr.
Mason R. Holland, Jr.

/s/ Shawn A. Jenkins
Shawn A. Jenkins

/s/ Jeffrey M. Laborde
Jeffrey M. Laborde

/s/ Douglas A. Dennerline
Douglas A. Dennerline

/s/ Joseph P. DiSabato
Joseph P. DiSabato

/s/ Ann H. Lamont
Ann H. Lamont

/s/ A. Lanham Napier
A. Lanham Napier

/s/ Francis J. Pelzer V
Francis J. Pelzer V

/s/ Stephen M. Swad
Stephen M. Swad

Chairman of the Board of Directors

February 24, 2017

Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)
and Director

February 24, 2017

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and
accounting officer)

February 24, 2017

February 24, 2017

February 24, 2017

February 24, 2017

February 24, 2017

February 24, 2017

February 24, 2017

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

72

 
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 

2016, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 

2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

F-7

F-30

F-1

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Benefitfocus, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Benefitfocus, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 
2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits also included the financial 
statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of 
the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule 
based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial 
reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of 
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we 
express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and 
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by 
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 
financial position of Benefitfocus, Inc. at December 31, 2016, and 2015 and the consolidated results of its operations and 
its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally 
accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation 
to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
February 24, 2017

F-2

 
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Marketable securities
Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable, related party, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Other non-current assets
Total assets

Liabilities and stockholders' deficit
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued compensation and benefits
Deferred revenue, current portion
Revolving line of credit, current portion
Financing and capital lease obligations, current portion

Total current liabilities

Deferred revenue, net of current portion
Revolving line of credit, net of current portion
Financing and capital lease obligations, net of current portion
Other non-current liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' deficit:

  $

  $

  $

As of December 31,

2016

2015

56,853    $
2,007   
28,340   
4,626   
4,449   
96,275   
80,518   
408   
1,634   
1,575   
180,410    $

 $

5,829 
10,867 
17,347 
35,426 
20,000 
2,604 
92,073 
40,412 
20,246 
57,934 
3,056 
213,721 

48,074 
40,448 
27,616 
2,082 
5,725 
123,945 
55,037 
665 
1,634 
838 
182,119 

7,953 
10,449 
20,684 
37,858 
25,000 
3,648 
105,592 
55,671 
5,246 
31,183 
2,436 
200,128 

Preferred stock, par value $0.001, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued
   and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015
Common stock, par value $0.001, 50,000,000 shares authorized, 30,429,014 and
   29,194,332 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015,
   respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders' deficit

Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit

- 

- 

30 
335,059 
(368,400)
(33,311)
180,410 

 $

29 
310,304 
(328,342)
(18,009)
182,119  

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Revenue
Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Loss from operations
Other income (expense):

Interest income
Interest expense on building lease financing obligations
Interest expense on other borrowings
Other expense

Total other expense, net

Loss before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net loss
Comprehensive loss
Net loss per common share:

Basic and diluted

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

 $

 $
 $

 $

 $

233,335 
120,681 
112,654 

 $

185,143 
102,851 
82,292 

55,488 
56,584 
32,750 
144,822 
(32,168)

138 
(6,826)
(1,095)
(90)
(7,873)
(40,041)
17 
(40,058)
(40,058)

(1.35)

 $
 $

 $

58,589 
52,250 
25,727 
136,566 
(54,274)

188 
(7,092)
(877)
(4)
(7,785)
(62,059)
25 
(62,084)
(62,084)

(2.19)

 $
 $

 $

137,420 
87,470 
49,950 

48,467 
41,729 
18,657 
108,853 
(58,903)

77 
(3,624)
(682)
(22)
(4,251)
(63,154)
25 
(63,179)
(63,179)

(2.51)

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic and diluted

29,589,857 

28,344,680 

25,207,099  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

Common Stock,

$0.001 Par Value

    Additional

Total

Paid-in

  Accumulated  

Deficit
(203,079)   $

  Stockholders'  
  (Deficit) Equity 
11,432 
2,818 

Balance, December 31, 2013
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock upon
   vesting of restricted stock units,
   net of shares surrendered for
   taxes
Issuance of common stock for cashless 
exercise of warrant
Stock-based compensation expense
Accretion of customer warrant
Net loss

Balance, December 31, 2014
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock upon
   vesting of restricted stock units,
   net of shares surrendered for
   taxes
Issuance of common stock and warrant, net of 
issuance costs
Stock-based compensation expense
Net loss

Balance, December 31, 2015
Exercise of stock options
Issuance of common stock upon
   vesting of restricted stock units,
   net of shares surrendered for
   taxes
Stock-based compensation expense
Net loss

Balance, December 31, 2016

Shares

  Par Value

Capital

    24,495,651    $
642,152 

24    $

1 

214,487    $
2,817 

15,613 

455,521 
– 
– 
– 

    25,608,937    $
656,043 

111,826 

2,817,526 
– 
– 

    29,194,332    $

944,706 

–     

(226)    

1 
– 
– 
– 
26    $
– 

(1)    

5,588 
744 
– 

223,409    $
4,229 

–     

(2,116)    

3     
–     
– 
29    $

1 

74,328 
10,454 
– 

310,304    $
6,869 

289,976 
– 
– 

    30,429,014    $

–     
–     
– 
30    $

(202)    

18,088 
– 

335,059    $

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

(63,179)    
(266,258)   $

– 

– 

– 
– 

(62,084)    
(328,342)   $

– 

– 
– 

(40,058)    
(368,400)   $

(226)

– 
5,588 
744 
(63,179)
(42,823)
4,229 

(2,116)

74,331 
10,454 
(62,084)
(18,009)
6,870 

(202)
18,088 
(40,058)
(33,311)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

  $

(40,058)

 $

(62,084)

 $

(63,179)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash and cash equivalents (used in)
   provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation expense
Change in fair value and accretion of warrant
Interest accrual on financing obligation
Provision for doubtful accounts
Loss on disposal or impairment of property and equipment
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable, net
Accrued interest on short-term investments
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other non-current assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued compensation and benefits
Deferred revenue
Other non-current liabilities

Net cash and cash equivalents used in operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of short-term investments held to maturity
Proceeds from short-term investments held to maturity
Purchases of property and equipment

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by (used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Draws on revolving line of credit
Payments on revolving line of credit
Proceeds from exercises of stock options
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and warrant, net of issuance costs
Payments of deferred financing costs and debt issuance costs
Remittance of taxes upon vesting of restricted stock units
Payments on financing and capital lease obligations

Net cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

Property and equipment purchases in accounts payable and accrued expenses

Property and equipment purchased with financing and capital lease obligations

Post contract support purchased with financing obligations

Allocation of proceeds to deferred revenue from issuance of common stock
  based on relative selling price

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

Income taxes paid

Interest paid

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

13,073 
18,088 
– 
6,827 
667 
141 

(3,936)
220 
1,626 
339 
(1,849)
990 
(3,337)
(17,690)
2,073 
(22,826)

(2,004)
40,225 
(12,705)
25,516 

84,000 
(74,000)
6,870 
– 
(379)
(202)
(10,200)
6,089 
8,779 
48,074 
56,853 

699 

28,032 

1,048 

- 

7 

6,655 

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

 $

11,664 
10,454 
– 
7,092 
22 
18 

(7,800)
205 
(1,328)
1,380 
3,418 
2,961 
3,310 
(1,189)
332 
(31,545)

(68,185)
32,667 
(14,727)
(50,245)

57,492   
(44,903)
4,229 
74,538 

(566)  

(2,116)
(9,884)
78,790 
(3,000)
51,074 
48,074 

 $

1,489    $

914    $

272    $

9,493 
5,588 
744 
3,624 
– 
25 

2,357 
162 
833 
824 
(199)
2,469 
3,192 
14,288 
901 
(18,878)

(12,959)
20,830 
(9,824)
(1,953)

14,000 
(2,100)
2,817 
– 
– 
(226)
(8,231)
6,260 
(14,571)
65,645 
51,074 

4,226 

21,739 

754 

207    $

- 

18    $

6,525    $

38 

2,449  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

1. Organization and Description of Business

Benefitfocus, Inc. (the “Company”) provides a leading cloud-based benefits management platform for consumers, 

employers, insurance carriers and brokers under a software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) model. The financial statements of the 
Company include the financial position and operations of its wholly owned subsidiaries, Benefitfocus.com, Inc., Benefit 
Informatics, Inc. and BenefitStore, Inc. Benefit Informatics, Inc. was dissolved on December 31, 2015.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted 
accounting principles (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its 
wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The 
Company is not the primary beneficiary of, nor does it have a controlling financial interest in, any variable interest entity. 
Accordingly, the Company has not consolidated any variable interest entity.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and 

assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Such 
estimates include revenue recognition and the customer relationship period, allowances for doubtful accounts and returns, 
valuations of deferred income taxes, long-lived assets, warrants, capitalizable software development costs and the related 
amortization, stock-based compensation, the determination of the useful lives of assets, and the impairment assessment 
of acquired intangibles and goodwill. Determination of these transactions and account balances are based on the 
Company’s estimates and judgments. These estimates are based on the Company’s knowledge of current events and 
actions it may undertake in the future as well as on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable. Actual 
results could differ materially from these estimates.

Revenue and Deferred Revenue

The Company derives the majority of its revenue from software services fees, which consist primarily of monthly 

subscription fees paid by customers for access to and usage of the Company’s cloud-based benefits software solutions 
for a specified contract term. The Company also derives revenue from professional services which primarily include fees 
related to the integration of customers’ systems with the Company’s platform, which typically includes discovery, 
configuration, deployment, testing, and training.

The Company recognizes revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the service has been 
provided, the fees to be paid by the customer are fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. The 
Company considers delivery of its cloud-based software services has commenced once access to a configured and live 
instance to its platform has been granted to the customer.

The Company’s arrangements generally contain multiple elements comprised of software services and professional 
services. The Company evaluates each element in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of 
accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and 
delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within the Company’s control.

When multiple deliverables included in an arrangement are separable into different units of accounting, the 
arrangement consideration is allocated to the identified units of accounting based on their relative selling price. Multiple 
deliverable arrangements accounting guidance provides a hierarchy to use when determining the relative selling price for 
each unit of accounting. Vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, based on the price at which the item 
is regularly sold by the vendor on a standalone basis, should be used if it exists. If VSOE of selling price is not available, 
third-party evidence (“TPE”) of selling price is used to establish the selling price if it exists. VSOE and TPE do not 
currently exist for any of the Company’s deliverables. Accordingly, for arrangements with multiple deliverables that can be 
separated into different units of accounting, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting 

F-7

 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

based on the Company’s best estimate of selling price. The amount of arrangement consideration allocated is limited by 
contingent revenues, if any.

Effective July 1, 2015, the Company determined it had established standalone value for Benefitfocus Marketplace 
implementation services in the Employer segment as they can be sold separately from the software services. This was 
primarily due to the system integrators that have been trained and certified to perform these implementation services, the 
successful completion of an implementation by a trained system integrator, and the sale of several software subscription 
arrangements to customers in the Employer segment without the Company’s implementation services. Accordingly, 
revenues related to implementation services for the Benefitfocus Marketplace solution in the Employer segment that are 
delivered after July 1, 2015 are recognized separately from the revenues earned from the Employer software subscription 
services. Revenues related to such implementation services are recognized at the time that the professional services 
have been completed. Prior to July 1, 2015, the Company did not have standalone value for implementation services 
related to the Benefitfocus Marketplace solution as the Company had historically performed these services to support 
customers’ implementation of this solution. Revenue from implementation services with standalone value was $2,083 and 
$2,401 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Certain of the Company’s other professional services, including implementation services related to the Carrier 

segment, are not sold separately from the software services and there is no alternative use for them. As such, the 
Company has determined that those professional services do not have standalone value. Accordingly, software services 
and professional services are combined and recognized as a single unit of accounting. The Company generally 
recognizes software services fees monthly based on the number of employees covered by the relevant benefits plans at 
contracted rates for a specified period of time, once the criteria for revenue recognition described above have been 
satisfied. The Company recognizes revenue on Benefitfocus Marketplace implementation services in the Employer 
segment that have standalone value at the time the services have been completed and the related software services have 
commenced. The Company defers recognition of revenue for fees from professional services that do not have standalone 
value and begins recognizing such revenue once the services are delivered and the related software services have 
commenced, ratably over the longer of the contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship. Costs 
incurred by the Company in connection with providing such professional services are charged to expense as incurred and 
are included in “Cost of revenue.”

In January 2015, the Company adjusted the estimated expected life of its customer relationship. This change in 

estimate was the result of analyzing quantitative and qualitative observations in the market and the Company’s 
business. This change shortens the term over which deferred revenue will be recognized from 10 to 7 years and was 
applied prospectively to unamortized professional services fees over the longer of the contract term or the adjusted 
estimated expected life of the customer relationship. 

The change in the customer relationship period increased the amount of revenue recognized during the year ended 
December 31, 2015, which decreased both loss from operations and net loss by $6,207, and decreased loss per share by 
$0.22 for the year ended December 31, 2015. As a result of the change in the customer relationship period, Employer and 
Carrier revenue increased by $1,137 and $5,070, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. Based on the 
Company’s assessment for the year ended December 31, 2016, there has been no change in the customer relationship 
period.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of employee compensation, professional services, data center co-location costs, 

networking expenses, depreciation expense for computer equipment directly associated with generating revenue, 
amortization expense for capitalized software development costs, and infrastructure maintenance costs. In addition, the 
Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, additional depreciation and amortization expense, and employee 
benefit costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank checking accounts and money market accounts. The Company 
considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash 
equivalents.

F-8

 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Marketable Securities

Marketable securities consist of short-term investments in corporate bonds, commercial paper, and various U.S. 
government backed securities. To reflect its intention, the Company classifies its marketable securities as held-to-maturity 
at the time of purchase. As a result, the marketable securities are recorded at amortized cost and any gains or losses 
realized upon maturity are reported in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations and 
comprehensive loss.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash 
equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. All of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents are held at 
financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The bank deposits of the Company might, at 
times, exceed federally insured limits and are generally uninsured and uncollateralized. The Company has not 
experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalents to date.

To manage credit risk related to marketable securities, the Company invests in various types of highly rated 

corporate bonds, commercial paper, and various U.S. government backed securities with maturities of less than two 
years. The weighted average maturity of the portfolio of investments must not exceed nine months, per the Company’s 
investment policy.

To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and maintains an 

allowance for doubtful accounts. Accounts receivable were unsecured and were derived from revenue earned from 
customers located in the United States. Accounts receivable from one customer represented approximately 13% and 22% 
of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Mercer LLC (“Mercer”), a related party, 
represented approximately 14% of the total accounts receivable at December 31, 2016 and 11% of total revenue for the 
year ended December 31, 2016.  For more information regarding Mercer revenue, please see Note 15.

No customer represented more than 10% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Returns

Accounts receivable are stated at realizable value, net of allowances for doubtful accounts and estimated returns. 
The Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of the 
collectability of amounts due, and other relevant factors. Bad debt expense is recorded in general and administrative 
expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company’s estimate is based on 
historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable. Historically, actual write-offs for 
uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from the Company’s estimates. The Company removes recorded 
receivables and the associated allowances when they are deemed permanently uncollectible. However, higher than 
expected bad debts may result in future write-offs that are greater than the Company’s estimates. The allowance for 
doubtful accounts was $691 and $32 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The allowances for returns are accounted for as reductions of revenue and are estimated based on the Company’s 
periodic assessment of historical experience and trends. The Company considers factors such as the time lag since the 
initiation of revenue recognition, historical reasons for adjustments, new customer volume, delivery issues or delays, and 
past due customer billings. The allowance for returns was $3,904 and $2,553 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, 
respectively.

Property and Equipment and Capitalized Software Development Costs

Property and equipment, including capitalized software development costs, are stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and 
amortization is recognized over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method.

F-9

 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are generally as follows:

Buildings
Computers and related equipment
Purchased software and licenses
Developed software
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Other equipment
Vehicles

  30 years
  3-5 years
  1-7 years
  3 years
  7 years
  Lesser of estimated useful life of asset or lease term
  5-12 years
  5 years

Useful lives of significant assets are periodically reviewed and adjusted prospectively to reflect the Company’s 
current estimates of the respective assets’ expected utility. Costs associated with maintenance and repairs are expensed 
as incurred.

In the event the Company has been deemed the owner for accounting purposes of construction projects in build-to-

suit lease arrangements, the estimated construction costs incurred to date are recorded as assets in Property and 
Equipment, net. Upon occupancy of facilities under build-to-suit leases, the Company assesses whether arrangements 
qualify for sales recognition under the sale-leaseback accounting guidance. If the Company continues to be the deemed 
owner for accounting purposes, the cost of the building is depreciated over its estimated useful life.

The Company capitalizes certain costs related to its software developed or obtained for internal use. Costs related to 
preliminary project activities and post-implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Internal and external costs 
incurred during the application development stage, including upgrades and enhancements representing modifications that 
will result in significant additional functionality, are capitalized. Software maintenance and training costs are expensed as 
incurred. Capitalized costs are recorded as part of property and equipment and are amortized on a straight-line basis over 
the software’s estimated useful life which is three years. The Company evaluates these assets for impairment whenever 
events or changes in circumstances occur that could impact the recoverability of these assets.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition and are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives, which is the period over which the asset is 
expected to contribute directly or indirectly to future cash flows. As of December 31, 2016, the estimated remaining useful 
life used in computing amortization was 1.6 years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

The Company reviews long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or 

changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset might not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-
lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to future undiscounted net 
cash flows expected to be generated. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized, if any, is 
measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value (discounted cash 
flow) of the assets or asset group. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less 
costs to sell.

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business 

combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized; rather, goodwill is 
tested for impairment at the reporting unit level as of October 31 of each year, or more frequently if an event occurs or 
circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value.

The Company performs a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of 
a reporting unit is less than its carrying value before performing a two-step approach to testing goodwill for impairment for 
each reporting unit. The reporting units are determined by the components of the Company’s operating segments that 
constitute a business for which both (1) discrete financial information is available and (2) segment management regularly 

F-10

 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

reviews the operating results of that component. If it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less 
than its carrying value, the Company performs the impairment test by applying a fair-value-based test. The first step 
measures for impairment by applying fair-value-based tests at the reporting unit level. The second step (if necessary) 
measures the amount of impairment by applying fair-value-based tests to the individual assets and liabilities within each 
reporting unit.

As part of determining its reporting units, the Company has identified two operating segments, Employer and 

Carrier. To determine the fair value of the Company’s reporting units, the Company has used a discounted cash flow 
analysis, which requires significant assumptions and estimates about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in 
this analysis include the determination of an appropriate discount rate, estimated terminal value and the amount and 
timing of expected future cash flows. The Company may also determine fair value of its reporting units using a market 
approach by applying multiples of earnings of peer companies to its operating results.

Financing Obligations

In its build-to-suit lease arrangements where the Company is involved in the construction of its buildings, the 
Company is deemed the owner for accounting purposes during the construction period. The Company records an asset 
for the amount of the total project costs in Property and Equipment, net and the related financing obligation in Financing 
and Capital Lease Obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Once construction is complete, the Company 
determines if the asset qualifies for sale-leaseback accounting treatment. If the arrangement does not qualify for sale-
lease back treatment, the Company continues to reduce the obligation over the lease term as payments are made and 
depreciates the asset over its useful life. The Company does not report rent expense for the portion of the rent payment 
determined to be related to the assets that it owns for accounting purposes. Rather, this portion of the rent payment under 
the lease is recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense.

Financing obligations also include liabilities for the purchase of licenses.

Sales Commissions

Sales commissions are generally expensed when the sales contract is executed by the customer.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Direct advertising costs for the years ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were $635, $435 and $394, respectively.

Comprehensive Loss

The Company’s net loss equals comprehensive loss for all periods presented.

Stock-Based Employee Compensation

Stock-based employee compensation is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized 
in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss over the period during which the award holder is 
required to perform services in exchange for the award, which is the vesting period. Compensation expense is recognized 
over the vesting period of the applicable award using the straight-line method. Compensation expense related to 
performance-based restricted stock units, which are accounted for as equity awards, is recognized when it is probable 
that the performance measure will be met. Compensation costs related to restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is recorded 
based on the market price on the grant date. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating 
the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires the input of subjective assumptions, 
including the expected life of the option and the expected stock price volatility. Additionally, the recognition of stock-based 
compensation expense requires the estimation of the number of options and RSUs that will ultimately vest and the 
number of options and RSUs that will ultimately be forfeited.  The recognition of stock-based compensation expense 
associated with performance-based restricted stock units requires the estimation of the probability of achieving 
performance measures. 

F-11

 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method for income tax accounting. This method requires the recognition of 
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial 
reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are measured using the tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income for the years in which 
those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce 
deferred tax assets to the amount the Company believes is more likely than not to be realized. The tax benefits of 
uncertain tax positions are recognized only when the Company believes it is more likely than not that the tax position will 
be upheld on examination by the taxing authorities based on the merits of the position. The Company recognizes interest 
and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized income tax benefits in income tax expense.

In December 2015, the Company adopted ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet 

Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17).” This standard simplifies the presentation of the deferred tax assets and 
liabilities on the balance sheet and requires companies to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The 
Company prospectively applied this standard which had no impact on the consolidated balance sheets.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Common Share

The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued 

securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the 
Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating 
securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of each series of 
the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock were entitled to participate in distributions, when and if declared 
by the board of directors that are made to common stockholders, and as a result are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by 
dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock 
outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net 
income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant 
to their dividend rights had all of the year’s earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during 
periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per 
common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted-average number of shares of common 
stock outstanding plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of 
stock awards and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating 
securities under the “if-converted” method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the 
outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the 
more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or “if-converted”) as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to 
net losses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as 
the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 
No. 2017-04, "Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment." It eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test and an 
entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the 
reporting unit's fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. This guidance is effective for annual and any 
interim impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not expect this guidance 
to have any impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB ASU No. 2017-01, "Clarifying the Definition of a Business." It revises the definition of a 
business and provides a framework to evaluate when an input and a substantive process are present in an acquisition to 
be considered a business. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The 
Company does not expect this guidance to have any impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-12

 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, "Restricted Cash." It requires that amounts generally 

described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when 
reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. This guidance 
is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company does not expect 
this guidance to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, "Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments." 

It provides guidance on eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice in 
how they are classified in the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods 
beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the 
same period. The Company does not expect this guidance to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial 
Statements.

In June 2016, the FASB ASU No. 2016-13, “Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” The purpose 

of this ASU is to require a financial asset measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to 
be collected. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities should be recorded through an allowance for credit 
losses. This ASU is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company 
is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment 
Accounting.” The amendments in this update simplify several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based 
payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures and statutory tax withholding requirements, 
as well as classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for the Company beginning January 
1, 2017, but early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect this guidance to have a material impact on its 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” The amendments in this update require 

lessees, among other things, to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases 
classified as operating leases under previous authoritative guidance. This update also introduces new disclosure 
requirements for leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019, but 
early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this update on the consolidated financial 
statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software 
(Subtopic 350-40) - Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement.” The amendments in this 
update provide guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a 
cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the update specifies that the customer should account for the 
software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. The update further 
specifies that the customer should account for a cloud computing arrangement as a service contract if the arrangement 
does not include a software license. The Company adopted ASU 2015-05 as of January 1, 2016 on a prospective basis. 
The adoption of this standard did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, “Interest - Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30) - Simplifying 

the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” The amendments in this ASU require that debt issuance costs related to a 
recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt 
liability, consistent with debt discounts. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of this 
standard did not materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements - Going Concern 
(Subtopic 205-40).” ASU 2014-15 provides guidance in GAAP about management’s responsibility to evaluate whether 
there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote 
disclosures. This guidance was effective for the Company as of December 31, 2016. The adoption of this standard did not 
have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016.

F-13

 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”, which amends the 

revenue recognition requirements in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. Under the new standard, revenue is 
recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and is recognized in an amount that reflects 
the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods and services. In addition, the standard 
requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with 
customers.  The FASB has recently issued several amendments to the standard, including clarification on accounting for 
licenses of intellectual property and identifying performance obligations. 

The standard permits two methods of adoption:  retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full 
retrospective), or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this statement recognized at the date of 
initial application (modified retrospective transition method). The new standard will be effective for the Company beginning 
January 1, 2018, with an option to early adopt. The Company plans to adopt the standard on the effective date but has not 
made a determination on the adoption method. 

While the Company is continuing to assess all potential impacts of the standard, it has initially identified certain 

areas that might be more significantly affected, including the timing of revenue recognition for certain of its professional 
services and the accounting for sales commissions, which are currently expensed as incurred. The Company is also 
continuing to review the impact of this standard on potential disclosure changes in its consolidated financial statements as 
well as which transition approach will be applied. The Company cannot currently estimate the impact of adopting this 
standard. The Company is also in the process of evaluating changes to its business process and controls in order to 
support revenue recognition and disclosure under the new standard.

3. Net Loss Per Common Share

Diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for all periods presented because the 

effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss. The following common share 
equivalent securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average common shares outstanding because 
the effect is anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

Anti-Dilutive Common Share Equivalents
Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

Series A
Series B

Restricted stock units
Stock options
Warrant to purchase common stock
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Total anti-dilutive common share equivalents

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

2016

-     
-     

-   
-   
   1,017,450 
   1,684,843 
580,813 
- 
   3,283,106 

- 
- 
720,370 
   2,382,881 
- 
- 
   3,103,251  

    1,467,811 
727,559 
580,813 
3,964 
    2,780,147 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated as follows:

Numerator:
Net loss

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Denominator:

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic 
and diluted

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

F-14

Year Ended December 31,

2016

2015

2014

  $
  $

(40,058)   $
(40,058)   $

(62,084)   $
(62,084)   $

(63,179)
(63,179)

    29,589,857      28,344,680      25,207,099 
  $
(2.51)

(2.19)   $

(1.35)   $

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
   
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
       
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

4. Marketable Securities

Marketable securities consist of corporate bonds, commercial paper and U.S. Treasury and agency bonds, and are 

classified as held-to-maturity. Corporate bonds held in marketable securities had contractual maturities of less than 1 
month as of December 31, 2016. The following presents information about the Company’s marketable securities as of 
December 31:

Aggregate cost basis and net carrying amount
Gross unrealized holding gains
Gross unrealized holding losses
Aggregate fair value determined by Level 2 inputs

  $

  $

2016

2015

2,007    $
-     
-     
2,007    $

40,448 
1 
(26)
40,423  

The following table presents information about the Company’s investments that were in an unrealized loss position 

and for which an other-than-temporary impairment had not been recognized in earnings as of December 31:

Aggregate fair value of investments with unrealized losses (1)

Aggregate amount of unrealized losses

2016

2015

-    $

-    $

27,070   
(26)  

  $

  $

(1)

Investments have been in a continuous loss position for less than 12 months

5. Fair Value Measurement

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, net 

accounts receivable, accounts payable and other accrued liabilities, and accrued compensation and benefits, approximate 
fair value due to their short-term nature. The carrying value of the Company’s financing obligations and revolving line of 
credit approximates fair value, considering the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for financing 
obligations with similar terms and credit risks.

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair 

value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods 
subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, 
and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:

Level 1.  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2.  Other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3.  Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own 
assumptions.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to 

determine the appropriate level to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant 
judgments to be made.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value 

on a recurring basis using the above categories, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Description
Cash Equivalents:

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2016

Money market mutual funds (1)

Total assets

  $
  $

51,285    $
51,285    $

-    $
-    $

-    $
-    $

51,285 
51,285  

Description
Cash Equivalents:

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2015

Money market mutual funds (1)

Total assets

  $
  $

46,905    $
46,905    $

-    $
-    $

-    $
-    $

46,905 
46,905  

(1) Money market mutual funds are classified as cash equivalents in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As 

short-term, highly liquid investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash, with remaining maturities of three 
months or less at the time of purchase, the Company’s cash equivalent money market funds have carrying values 
that approximate fair value.

6. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following as of December 31:

Buildings, leased
Computers and related equipment
Purchased software and licenses
Developed software
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Other equipment
Vehicles
Construction in progress
Total property and equipment, at cost
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net

2016

2015

  $

  $

48,558    $
33,924   
25,982   
26,142   
6,668   
4,348   
2,072   
111   
319   
148,124   
(67,606)  
80,518    $

29,291 
24,505 
23,354 
20,900 
6,651 
4,101 
2,117 
111 
412 
111,442 
(56,405)
55,037  

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $12,816, $11,378 and $9,188, for the years 

ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Property and equipment at December 31, 2016 and 2015 
includes fixed assets acquired under capital lease agreements of $35,761 and $9,131, respectively. Accumulated 
depreciation of assets under capital leases totaled $5,194 and $3,126 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 
Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

The Company capitalized software development costs of $5,242 and $2,503 for the years ended December 31, 

2016 and 2015, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software development costs totaled $2,857, $2,587 and $2,257 
during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The net book value of capitalized software 
development costs was $6,435 and $4,049 at December 31, 2016, and 2015, respectively.

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill balance of $1,634 is solely attributable to the Employer reporting unit. The gross carrying 

amount and accumulated impairment losses were $3,304 and $(1,670), respectively, for the beginning and ending 
balances in all periods presented. There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in the years ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Information regarding the Company’s acquisition-related intangible assets is as follows:

Trademarks
Customer agreements
Non-compete agreements
Total

Trademarks
Customer agreements
Non-compete agreements
Total

As of December 31, 2016

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization  

Net Carrying
Amount

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Useful Life
(in years)

240    $
2,060     
126     
2,426    $

(240)   $
(1,652)    
(126)    
(2,018)   $

-     
408     
-     
408     

- 
1.6 
- 
1.6 

As of December 31, 2015

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization  

Net Carrying
Amount

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Useful Life
(in years)

240    $
2,060     
126     
2,426    $

(240)   $
(1,395)    
(126)    
(1,761)   $

-     
665     
-     
665     

- 
2.6 
- 
2.6  

  $

  $

  $

  $

Amortization expense of acquisition-related intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 
2014 was $257, $286 and $305, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, expected amortization expense for the intangible 
assets for the remaining useful life was as follows:

2017
2018
Total

  $

  $

258 
150 
408  

There were no impairments of intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

8. Revolving Line of Credit 

On August 27, 2013, the Company executed a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank for a revolving 
line of credit (“Revolver”) in the initial amount of up to $15,000 for working capital, to fund general business requirements, 
and to repay the indebtedness under its then existing master credit facility and other senior secured promissory notes. At 
the beginning of 2014, the borrowing limit under the Revolver was increased from $15,000 to $35,000  at the request of 
the Company in accordance with the terms of the agreement, as amended on December 10, 2013. 

In February 2015, the Company replaced its Revolver with a senior revolving line of credit (“Senior Revolver”) with a 

syndicate of lenders led by Silicon Valley Bank. The Company borrowed $18,246 under the Senior Revolver, of which 
$17,657 repaid the principal of the Revolver and $589 paid accrued interest, as well as administrative and legal fees 
related to the issuance of the Senior Revolver. Debt issuance fees of $591 were capitalized in the Company’s balance 
sheet and are amortized over the life of the Senior Revolver.

The Senior Revolver had an original borrowing limit of $60,000 and an original term of three years. Borrowing 
capacity under the Senior Revolver is subject to a borrowing base limit that is a function of the Company’s monthly 
recurring revenue as adjusted to reflect lost customer revenue during the previous three calendar months. Therefore, 
credit available under the Senior Revolver may be less than the borrowing limit. Interest is payable monthly. Advances 
under the Senior Revolver bear interest at the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal plus a margin based on 
the Company’s liquidity, which originally ranged between 1.0% and 1.5%. The Company is charged an unused line fee 
under this arrangement at a rate based on its liquidity, which was originally 0.300% to 0.375% per year. Any outstanding 
principal is due at the end of the term.

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

In October and December 2016, the Company amended its Senior Revolver agreement. The October amendment, 

among other things, increased the borrowing capacity to $95,000, extended the termination date of the facility to February 
20, 2020, and added Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC to the lending syndicate. The October amendment altered 
definitions in the Senior Revolver agreement, including Alternate Base Rate, Applicable Margin, Consolidated EBITDA, 
Liquidity and Commitment Fee Rate. As a result of certain of these definitional changes, the Alternate Base Rate was 
modified to be the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal plus a margin based on our liquidity that ranges 
between 0.75% and 1.25%. Certain covenants were also revised, including those related to accounts receivable, 
Minimum Consolidated EBITDA requirements, Indebtedness, permitted Indebtedness and certain capital expenditure 
limits. The October amendment further waived any default that may have occurred as a result of certain Indebtedness 
previously incurred by the Company and the disclosure to the lenders of registered Intellectual Property. In connection 
with the October amendment, debt issuance fees of $379 were capitalized in the Company’s balance sheet and are being 
amortized over the remaining life of the Senior Revolver. The December amendment revised the covenant restricting 
Indebtedness in the Senior Revolver agreement to increase the basket for the Company and its subsidiaries’ building 
lease obligations, to the extent those would be characterized as Indebtedness under the Senior Revolver agreement.

The Company is bound by customary affirmative and negative covenants in connection with the Senior Revolver 

agreement, including financial covenants related to liquidity and EBITDA. In the event of a default, the lenders may 
declare all obligations immediately due and stop advancing money or extending credit under the line of credit. The line of 
credit is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets, including intellectual property 
and the equity of subsidiaries.

During 2016 and 2015, the Company borrowed an aggregate of $84,000 and $39,246, respectively, under the 

Senior Revolver for general operating purposes and repaid an aggregate of $74,000 and $27,246, respectively.  As of 
December 31, 2016, the amount outstanding under the Senior Revolver was $40,246 and the amount available to borrow 
was $29,505. The amount outstanding, which represents principal and currently bears interest at 4.75%, is due February 
2020.  No other principal amounts are due in any other year.

9. Commitment and Contingencies

The Company leases three buildings on its Charleston, South Carolina campus. One leasing arrangement is 

accounted for as a capital lease.  The remaining two lease agreements are accounted for as build-to-suit, failed sale-
leaseback arrangements.  Accordingly, the Company recognized liabilities for the lease payments related to these two 
buildings, which have been recorded as financing obligations. A portion of the lease payment for these two leases has 
been allocated to land and is accounted for using operating lease accounting. Information regarding these three leases is 
incorporated in the following disclosures.

Operating Lease Commitments

 The Company leases office facilities under various non-cancelable operating lease agreements with original lease 

periods expiring between 2017 and 2031. Some of the leases provide for renewal terms at the Company’s option. Certain 
future minimum lease payments due under these operating lease agreements contain free rent periods or escalating rent 
payment provisions. These leases generally do not contain purchase options. Rent expense on these operating leases is 
recognized over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis.

Rent expense totaled $4,403, $4,376 and $4,099 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, 

respectively.

F-18

 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments

Operating
Leases

1,345 
1,103 
1,117 
816 
773 
9,131 
14,285  

  $

  $

Financing and Capital Lease Obligations

The Company has entered into various purchase arrangements to obtain property and equipment for operations that 

are accounted for as capital leases. Certain purchase arrangements contain payments for licenses, which the Company 
records as financing obligations.  These arrangements have original terms ranging from 2 to 5 years with interest rates 
ranging from 0.5% to 13.6%. The leases are secured by the underlying leased property and equipment.

In December 2016, the Company amended a lease agreement for office space that had been previously accounted 

for as an operating lease. The amendment extended the term of the lease by 15 years from the amendment date.  This 
modification required the Company to evaluate the lease as if it were a new lease.  Upon evaluation, the lease was 
classified as a capital lease because the present value of the lease payments exceeded 90% of the fair value of the 
leased asset. Aggregate payments under this lease are $ 48,600, including executory costs of $5,938.  As of December 
31, 2016, capital lease obligations include amounts under this lease of $20,720. Details of the lease extension are 
disclosed under “Contractual Commitments” below.

In December 2016, the Company entered into a lease with a 39-month term for data storage equipment. The total 

payments under the lease are $6,373. The lease provides for a bargain purchase option at the end of its term.  As of 
December 31, 2016, capital lease obligations include amounts under this lease of $5,080.

Financing obligations were $33,665 and $32,089, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and consist 

primarily of obligations for build-to-suit lease arrangements. The aggregate amount of future minimum payments for 
financing obligations was $117,439 at December 31, 2016, which includes aggregate payments of $114,832 related to 
build-to-suit arrangements. Details of the build-to-suit lease arrangements are disclosed in Note 15. 

Financing obligations are allocated as follows:

Buildings, build-to-suit
Software and support
Total financing obligations
Less: current portion
Financing obligations, net of current portion

As of December 31,

2016

2015

31,326    $
2,339     
33,665    $
(757)    
32,908    $

30,494 
1,595 
32,089 
(1,577)
30,512  

  $

  $

  $

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Thereafter
Total minimum lease and financing obligation payments
Less: executory costs
Less: imputed interest
Less: current portion
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

Capital
Leases

Financing
Obligations

7,071 
7,759 
6,859 
6,747 
6,949 
82,054 
117,439 

  $

  $

4,935    $
5,089     
4,981     
3,397     
2,941     
34,726     
56,069    $
(5,938)      
(23,258)      
(1,847)      
25,026       

Contractual Commitments

In connection with a 2013 lease for office space on its Charleston, South Carolina campus, the Company entered 

into an option to lease space in two additional adjacent buildings. The option term was 36 months and required the 
Company to incur costs annually prior to the exercise of the option in the amount of up to $466 per year. If the Company 
terminated the option or did not exercise the option prior to expiration it would incur termination fees pro-rated through the 
dates of termination or expiration. The maximum liability for termination fees was $757. During the year ended December 
31, 2016, the Company determined that the options would expire unexercised and expensed the full amount of the 
termination fees.  

On December 12, 2016, the Company executed an amendment to each of three lease agreements for office space 

on its Charleston, South Carolina campus.  The amendments extended the term of the leases to December 31, 2031. The 
amendments also provided for the following:



extending from December 13, 2016 to December 31, 2018 the term of an option that allows the Company to 
require the lessors to build a two-story building, including potentially for a welcome center, of approximately 
18,500 square feet on its campus (“Building 5”) for the Company to lease; 

 waiving accrued and future carrying costs and termination fees otherwise payable to the lessors by the 

Company under the existing option in the amount of $1,223; and



contingent upon construction of Building 4 described below, reducing the annual rent increases from 3% to 
2% for the Company’s Customer Success Center, a 145,800 square foot building on its campus which it first 
occupied on January 1, 2015.

The waived carrying and termination fees in the amount of $1,223 will be amortized over the 15-year term of the 

extension as a reduction of interest and rent expense. 

On December 12, 2016, the Company also executed a lease agreement pursuant to which the lessor will construct a 

building of approximately 145,800 square feet on its campus for the Company to accommodate anticipated future growth 
(“Building 4”). The target commencement date of the lease is July 1, 2019 with a term of 15 years. Under the terms of the 
lease, the Company agrees to commence construction on or about April 1, 2018, but can terminate the lease prior to that 
time, subject to the payment of reasonable, documented, and agreed-to out-of-pocket costs with respect to the lease and 
building to date. If the Company delays beginning construction past December 31, 2018, the lessor may terminate the 
lease. The Company may renew the lease upon 365 days’ notice to the lessor for five additional one-year terms, provided 
that the Company is not in default at the time of its request. Significant terms of the lease for Building 4 include annual 
rent for the first year of the lease of $30.05 per square foot of rentable area with annual rent increases of 2% of the rent 
paid for the preceding lease year. If the Company exercises its option to cause the construction of Building 5, the term of 
the lease will reset to 15 years from the date the Company begins paying rent for Building 5. The Company will begin to 
capitalize costs associated with the construction of Building 4 when construction has commenced.  

F-20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

 The Company also has $12,932 of non-cancellable contractual commitments as of December 31, 2016 related to 

the purchase of software and maintenance. These commitments are not accrued in the consolidated balance sheet of the 
Company.

Legal Contingencies

The Company may become a party to a variety of legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. 
While the results of such normal course legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes, 
based on current knowledge, that the final outcome of any matters will not have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

Employee Stock-based Compensation Plan

The Company maintains the Amended and Restated Benefitfocus.com, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 

Plan”) and the Benefitfocus.com, Inc. 2012 Stock Plan, as amended (the “2012 Plan”), pursuant to which the Company 
has reserved 4,243,675 shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and non-employee third 
parties. The 2012 Plan, effective on January 31, 2012, serves as the successor to the 2000 Plan and permits the granting 
of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock bonuses, stock purchase rights, stock appreciation rights, 
and restricted stock units and awards. No new awards can be issued under the 2000 Plan after the effective date of the 
2012 Plan. Outstanding awards under the 2000 Plan continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2000 Plan. 
Shares available for grant under the 2000 Plan, which were reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding awards 
under the 2000 Plan as of the effective date, were added to the reserves of the 2012 Plan. As of December 31, 2016, the 
Company had 808,059 shares allocated to the 2012 Plan, but not yet issued.

Stock options are granted at exercise prices not less than the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common 

stock at the date of grant. The grant date value of restricted stock units is equal to the closing price of the Company’s 
stock on the date of grant, or, if not a trading day, the closing price of the previous trading day. Generally, the Company 
issues previously unissued shares for the exercise of stock options or exchange of restricted stock units; however, 
previously acquired shares may be reissued to satisfy future issuances. The options and restricted stock unit awards 
typically vest over a four-year period. The options expire 10 years from the grant date. Compensation expense for the fair 
value of the stock-based awards at their grant date is recognized ratably over the vesting period.

The Company has issued two types of awards under these plans: stock options and restricted stock units. Stock 

options were not issued in 2016, 2015 or 2014. The following table sets forth the number of awards outstanding for each 
award type is as follows:

Award type
Stock options
Restricted stock units

2016

Outstanding at December 31,
2015
1,684,843   
1,017,450   

727,559   
1,467,811   

2014
2,382,881 
720,370  

Compensation expense related to stock-based awards is included in the following line items in the accompanying 

consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31:

Cost of revenue
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative

2016

2015

2014

  $

  $

2,798    $
3,213     
4,532     
7,545     
18,088    $

1,950    $
2,861     
2,399     
3,244     
10,454    $

986 
1,395 
1,376 
1,831 
5,588  

The total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized as of December 31, 2016 was 

$31,151 and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.46 years.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Restricted Stock Units

During 2016, the Company granted restricted stock units under the 2012 Plan. Restricted stock units granted to 
employees vest in equal annual installments generally over 4 years from the grant date. The fair value of the stock at the 
time of grant is amortized based on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. 

Included in the grants of 2016 restricted stock units are performance restricted stock units for which vesting is 

contingent upon meeting various financial targets to support growth initiatives. The Company granted 252,167 
performance restricted stock units to officers and certain employees with an aggregate grant-date fair value of $7,871. 
Vesting is contingent upon meeting various financial targets to support growth initiatives through December 31, 2017. The 
actual number of shares issued upon vesting could range from 0% to 100%. Additionally, the Company granted 26,376 
performance restricted stock units to officers and certain employees with an aggregate grant-date fair value of $875. The 
awards were granted in lieu of a portion of the target cash bonus that would otherwise be payable under the Company’s 
Management Incentive Bonus Program for the calendar year ended 2016.  The awards vest upon achievement of annual 
financial targets for 2016. The actual number of shares to be issued upon vesting is estimated to be 95% of the number 
granted. As of December 31, 2016, there were 291,525 performance restricted stock units outstanding with a weighted 
average grant-date fair value of $32.59 per unit.

The summary of unvested restricted stock units is as follows:

Unvested at December 31, 2015
Granted
Forfeited
Vested
Unvested at December 31, 2016

Restricted
stock units

1,017,450    $
1,012,763   
(266,862)  
(295,540)  
1,467,811    $

Weighted
average
grant date
fair value

36.90 
33.79 
36.53 
36.94 
34.33  

As of December 31, 2016, the number and intrinsic value of restricted stock units expected to vest was 1,282,106 

and $38,079, respectively.  The aggregate fair value of restricted stock units vested during the year ended December 31, 
2016, 2015 and 2014 was $10,311, $6,261 and $661, respectively. 

Stock options

The following is a summary of the option activity for the year ended December 31, 2016:

Outstanding balance at December 31, 2015
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding balance at December 31, 2016
Exercisable at December 31, 2016
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

(in years)   

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

7.66     
-     
7.27     
12.32     
8.09   
8.03   
8.09   

3.1  $
3.1  $
3.1  $

15,723 
15,601 
15,722  

Number of

Options    
  1,684,843   $
-    
   (944,706)  
(12,578)  
   727,559   $
   720,053   $
   727,548   $

The aggregate intrinsic value of employee options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 

2014 was $21,117, $18,873 and $23,397, respectively.

No stock options were granted during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
 
  
     
 
     
 
  
     
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

11. Stockholders’ Deficit

Preferred stock

The Company has 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized all of which is undesignated.

Common Stock

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the 
holders of common stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of preferred stock.

At the Company’s annual stockholder meeting held in June 2016, the Company’s stockholders approved the 
Benefitfocus, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) pursuant to which 150,000 shares of the Company’s 
common stock are available for purchase by its employees (and employees of its subsidiaries) who meet certain criteria. 
The Company’s board of directors approved the ESPP in March 2016. Under the ESPP, eligible employees may purchase 
the Company’s common stock through accumulated payroll deductions. Options to purchase shares are granted twice 
yearly on or about January 1 and July 1 and exercisable on or about the succeeding June 30 and December 31, 
respectively, of each year. Shares are purchased at purchase prices equal to 95% of the fair market value of the 
Company’s common stock at the purchase date. No participant may purchase more than $12 worth of the Company’s 
common stock in a six-month offering period. The ESPP's initial purchase period began in July 2016. As of December 31, 
2016, contributions to purchase 3,964 shares had been received but not yet exercised.  The number of shares of common 
stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the ESPP was 150,000 as of December 31, 2016.

At December 31, 2016, the Company had reserved a total of 3,734,242 of its authorized 50,000,000 shares of 

common stock for future issuance as follows: 

Restricted stock units
Outstanding stock options
Warrant to purchase common stock
Available for future issuance under stock award plans
Available for future issuance under ESPP
Total common shares reserved for future issuance

1,467,811 
727,559 
580,813 
808,059 
150,000 
3,734,242  

On February 24, 2015 and in conjunction with the amendment to the commercial contract described in Note 15, the 
Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement to sell shares of its common stock to Mercer, a customer of the 
Company. Pursuant to the agreement, on the same date, the Company sold 2,817,526 shares of its common stock to 
Mercer for $26.50 per share or an aggregate of $74,664. At the same time, the Company also issued Mercer a warrant to 
purchase up to an additional 580,813 shares of its common stock for $26.50 per share at any time during the 30-month 
term of the warrant. The agreement, among other things, includes certain standstill provisions and prevents Mercer from 
disposing of its shares of Company common stock until the earlier of December 31, 2017, the expiration or termination of 
the Mercer Exchange Software as a Service Agreement, as amended between the Company and Mercer Health & 
Benefits, LLC, the date on which Mercer and its affiliates own less than 75% of the shares it purchased pursuant to the 
Securities Purchase Agreement, and the date on which Mercer and its affiliates own less than 5% of the outstanding 
common stock of the Company. The Company received all of the proceeds from this sale of shares and is using the 
proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

The Stock Purchase Agreement, warrant agreement and amended commercial contract are considered part of a 
single arrangement and accounted for in accordance with the multiple-element arrangement guidance outlined in ASC 
605-25, Revenue: Multiple-Element Arrangements. The aggregate consideration from the arrangement was allocated to 
the units of accounting in the arrangement based on their estimated relative selling price, which resulted in $74,331 of 
consideration being allocated to common stock and warrant net of issuance costs.

During 2009, in connection with a new five-year contract executed with a major customer, the Company issued a 
warrant to the customer for the right to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock at $5.48 per share. The warrant was 
issued from the incentive stock option pool of shares approved by the Company’s board of directors and had a term of 10 
years. The customer was originally entitled to exercise the warrant in its entirety in 9.5 years. Earlier exercise rights for all 
or part of the warrants are triggered under certain conditions, the most relevant of which are, on or after the third 

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

anniversary date of the issuance date if an IPO has occurred and immediately prior to the closing of a defined Corporate 
Transaction. In the event the customer cancelled the contract prior to the end of the five-year term, one half of the 
warrants would have been forfeited. In March 2013, the Company made this warrant fully exercisable. In March 2014, the 
customer exercised the warrant through a cashless exercise in accordance with the warrant’s terms. The Company issued 
455,521 shares to satisfy its obligation under the warrant.

The Company used an option pricing model to determine the fair value of the common stock warrant. Significant inputs 

included an estimate of the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the remaining contractual life of the warrant, an 
estimate of the probability and timing of a liquidity event, a risk-free rate of interest and an estimate of the Company’s stock 
volatility using the volatilities of guideline peer companies. The value of the exercisable portion of the warrant is not 
dependent on the customer’s fulfillment of the contract and was measured on the issuance date, with the total fair value at 
issuance being recognized as a reduction to revenue over the contract period on the straight line basis. The remaining half of 
the warrant that was dependent on contract fulfillment by the customer was re-measured each quarter, with the resulting 
increment or decrement in value recognized as a revenue reduction on the straight line basis beginning in the quarter of the 
revaluation through the end of the contract. The related reduction of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2014  was 
$744.  As of October 31, 2014, the fair value of the warrant had been fully recognized.

12. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company maintains a qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the U.S. Internal Revenue 
Code (the “401(k) Plan”) covering substantially all employees. Employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan 
after one day of service and upon attainment of age 21, and may elect to defer an amount or percentage of their annual 
compensation up to amounts prescribed by law. The Company makes discretionary matching contributions to employee 
plan accounts. During each of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company matched 50% of the 
employees’ contribution, with the match limited to 3% of qualifying compensation. Employee vesting in matching company 
contributions occurs at a rate of 20% per year after achieving two years of service. Starting in 2014, employees vesting in 
company contributions began after one year of service. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, 
employer matching contributions were $2,649, $2,570 and $2,083, respectively.

13. Income Taxes

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. for federal and various state jurisdictions. The Company is subject 

to U.S. federal income tax examination for calendar tax years 2009 through 2015 as well as state income tax 
examinations for various years depending on statutes of limitations of those jurisdictions.

The following summarizes the components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31:

Current:

Federal
State and local
Total current expense

Deferred:
Federal
State and local
Total deferred taxes

2016

2015

2014

  $

  $

  $

  $

-    $
17     
17    $

-    $
-     
-    $

-    $
25     
25    $

-    $
-     
-    $

- 
25 
25 

- 
- 
-  

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
       
       
 
   
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Reconciliation between the effect of applying the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate used to 

calculate the Company’s income tax provision is as follows for the years ended December 31:

Federal statutory rate
Effect of:

State income taxes, net of federal benefit
Change in tax rates
State tax credits
Change in valuation allowance
Uncertain tax positions
Stock-based compensation
Other permanent items
Deferred true-up

Income tax provision effective rate

2016

2015

2014

34.0%    

34.0%    

34.0%

6.0%    
2.6%    
4.1%    
(46.4%)   
0.0%    
(0.1%)   
(0.2%)   
0.0%    
0.0%    

6.0%    
1.7%    
2.5%    
(42.9%)   
0.0%    
0.0%    
(0.7%)   
(0.6%)   
0.0%    

4.8%
0.4%
0.4%
(39.1%)
0.0%
(0.4%)
(0.1%)
0.0%
0.0%

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax asset and liability were as follows as of December 31,

Deferred tax assets relating to:

Net operating loss carryforwards
Deferred revenue
Commissions and incentive accrual
Deferred rent
State tax credits
Stock-based compensation
Compensation and other accruals

Total gross deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

Property and equipment and intangible assets

Total gross deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets less liabilities
Less:  valuation allowance
Net deferred tax asset (liability)

2016

2015

  $

  $

  $

65,467    $
19,255   
1,563   
733   
6,348   
5,199   
5,222   
103,787   

(578)   $
(578)  
103,209   
(103,209)  

-    $

43,322 
26,563 
2,777 
962 
4,727 
2,952 
5,099 
86,402 

(1,087)
(1,087)
85,315 
(85,315)
-  

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s gross deferred tax was reduced by a valuation allowance of 

$103,209 and $85,315, respectively.

The valuation allowance increased by $17,894 and $26,465 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, 

respectively. The valuation allowance increase resulted primarily from changes in the deferred tax assets related to the 
net operating loss carryforwards and deferred revenue.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that 

some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is 
dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become 
deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and 
tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for 
future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more 
likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences in the future. In recognition of 
this risk, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets relating to net operating loss 
carryforwards. The Company's Federal and state net operating losses include excess tax benefits related to deductions 
from the exercise of nonqualified stock options.  The tax benefit of these deductions has not been recognized in deferred 
tax assets.  If utilized, $21,632 of benefits from these deductions will be recorded as adjustments to taxes payable and 
additional paid in capital.

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes were approximately $183,528 and $123,305 at 

December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. State net operating loss carryforwards were $176,389 and $127,114 at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire at various dates 
beginning in 2022 through 2034, if not utilized. Net operating loss carryforwards and credit carryforwards reflected above 
may be limited due to historical and future ownership changes.

South Carolina jobs tax credit and headquarters tax credit carryovers of $10,055 and $7,598 were available at 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Headquarters credits are expected to be used to offset future state income 
tax license fees. The credits expire in various amounts during 2020 through 2028.

The Company follows FASB ASC 740-10 for accounting for unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2016, 

the Company had gross unrecognized tax benefits of $437.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows for the years ended 

December 31:

Balance at beginning of year
Additions based on tax positions related to the current
   year
Additions for tax positions in prior years
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
Reductions for tax positions due to lapse of statute
Settlements
Balance at end of year

2016

2015

2014

  $

437    $

437    $

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
437    $

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
437    $

  $

437 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
437  

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, none of the $437 liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits could impact the 

Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. The Company does not expect the unrecognized tax benefits to change within 
the next twelve months.

The Company is subject to U.S. income taxes, as well as various taxes state and local jurisdictions. With few 
exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, and local income tax examinations by tax authorities 
for years before the tax year ended December 31, 2013, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 
2013 may still be adjusted upon examination by the taxing authorities if they either have been used or will be used in a 
future period.

14. Segments and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available 

that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for purposes of allocating resources and 
evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM, the Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information 
presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about operating segments, for purposes of allocating 
resources and evaluating financial performance.

The Company’s reportable segments are based on the type of customer. The Company determined its operating 

segments to be: Employer, which derives substantially all of its revenue from customers that use the Company’s services 
for the provision of benefits to their employees, and administrators acting on behalf of employers; and Carrier, which 
derives substantially all of its revenue from insurance companies that provide coverage at their own risk.

F-26

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Segments are evaluated based on gross profit. The Company does not allocate interest income, interest expense or 
income tax expense by segment. Accordingly, the Company does not report such information. Additionally, Employer and 
Carrier segments share the majority of the Company’s assets. Therefore, no segment asset information is reported.

Revenue from external customers by segment:

Employer
Carrier

Total net revenue from external customers
Depreciation and amortization by segment:

Employer
Carrier

Total depreciation and amortization
Gross profit by segment

Employer
Carrier

Total gross profit by segment

 $

  $

 $

  $

 $

  $

2016

Year Ended December 31,
2015

2014

140,522    $
92,813   
233,335    $

94,842    $
90,301   
185,143    $

62,016 
75,404 
137,420 

7,950    $
5,123   
13,073    $

53,031    $
59,623   
112,654    $

6,024    $
5,640   
11,664    $

33,655    $
48,637   
82,292    $

4,392 
5,101 
9,493 

16,186 
33,764 
49,950  

Substantially all assets were held and all revenue was generated in the United States during the years ended 

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

15. Related Parties

Related Party Leasing Arrangements

The Company leases its office space at its Charleston, South Carolina headquarters campus under the terms of 

three non-cancellable leases from entities with which two of the Company’s directors, significant stockholders, and 
executives are affiliated. The Company’s headquarters building lease and an additional building lease are accounted for 
as build-to-suit leases and recorded as financing obligations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The remaining lease, 
also for office space, was accounted for as an operating lease during 2016 and periods prior. As described in Note 9, the 
Company executed an amendment to each of the three lease agreements on December 12, 2016.  These amendments 
extended the term of the leases to December 31, 2031.  The leases contain options to renew the leases for five additional 
years. The arrangements provide for 3.0% fixed annual rent increases. In addition to extending the lease term, the 
amendment to the lease for the Company’s Customer Success Center, a 145,800 square foot building on its campus, 
which commenced January 1, 2015:



extended from December 13, 2016 to December 31, 2018 the term of an option that allows the 
Company to require the lessor to build a two-story building, including potentially for a welcome 
center of approximately 18,500 square feet on its campus (“Building 5”) for the Company to lease, 

 waived certain accrued and future carrying costs and termination fees payable to the lessor by the 

Company under the existing option in the amount of $1,223, and



reduced the annual rent increases for the Customer Success Center from 3% to 2% contingent 
upon construction of Building 4 described below. 

On December 12, 2016 and in conjunction with the lease amendments, the Company also executed a cancellable 

lease agreement with an entity which two of the Company’s directors, significant stockholders, and executives are 
affiliated. Pursuant to the agreement the lessor will construct a building of approximately 145,800 square feet on its 
campus for the Company to accommodate anticipated future growth (“Building 4”). The target commencement date of the 
lease is July 1, 2019 with a term of 15 years. Under the terms of the lease, the Company agrees to commence 
construction on or about April 1, 2018, but can terminate the lease prior to that time, subject to payment of reasonable, 
documented, and agreed-to out-of-pocket costs with respect to the lease and building to date. If the Company delays 
beginning construction past December 31, 2018, the lessor may terminate the lease. The Company may renew the lease 
upon 365 days’ notice to the lessor for five additional one-year terms, provided that the Company is not in default at the 
time of its request. Significant terms of the lease for Building 4 include annual rent for the first year of the lease of $30.05 
per square foot of rentable area with annual rent increases of 2% of the rent paid for the preceding lease year. If the 

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
 
 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

Company exercises its option to cause the construction of Building 5, the term of the lease will reset to 15 years from the 
date the Company begins paying rent for Building 5.

In connection with the cancellable lease for Building 4 and the option for Building 5 described above, the leasing entity 

meets the criteria to be a variable interest entity. The Company is not the primary beneficiary of the leasing entity, as the 
activities that are most significant to the leasing entity’s economic performance, consisting of financing, development, 
management, and sale of office facilities, are directed by another party. As such, the Company is not required to consolidate 
the entity as the primary beneficiary. The lease terms would not include a residual value guarantee, fixed-price purchase 
option, or similar feature that would obligate the Company to absorb decreases in value or would entitle the Company to 
participate in increases in the value of Buildings 4 or 5. The Company has not and does not intend to provide financial or 
other support to the leasing entity. The Company’s maximum exposure, assuming the exercise of the option, would consist 
of rent to be paid over the 15-year term of the lease, construction cost overruns, agreed upon pre-construction costs incurred 
prior to termination and operating expenses in excess of a certain threshold. The Company’s maximum exposure currently 
cannot be quantified.

Payments related to these agreements were $10,417, $11,940, and $5,634 for the years ended December 31, 2016, 

2015 and 2014, respectively. Amounts due to the related parties were $854 and $1,116 as of December 31, 2016 and 
2015, respectively. Amounts due to the related parties were recorded as $854 in “Accrued Expenses” as of December 31, 
2016 and $628 in “Accounts Payable” and $488 in “Accrued Expenses” as of December 31, 2015.

Related Party Travel Expenses

The Company utilizes the services of a private air transportation company that is owned and controlled by one of the 

Company’s significant stockholders and executives. Expenses related to these companies were $80, $127 and $438 for 
the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and consist of air travel related to the operations of the 
business. No amounts were due to the related party as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Related Party Revenues

As disclosed in Note 11, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Mercer, a customer, on 

February 24, 2015. As a result of this transaction, Mercer became a related party by virtue of beneficially owning more 
than 10% of the voting interest of the Company. At the same time, the Company entered into an amendment of its 
commercial contract with Mercer. The amendment to the commercial contract, among other things, expanded certain 
terms and conditions of the existing relationship between the Company and Mercer and its affiliates. Revenue from 
Mercer was $26,720 and $13,552 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and was reflected in 
“Revenues,” within the accompanying statements of operations. The amounts due from Mercer were $4,626 and $2,082 
as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The amount of deferred revenue associated with Mercer was $7,683 
and $9,128 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and was reflected in the balances of deferred revenue in the 
consolidated balance sheets.

Related Party Revolving Line of Credit

As disclosed in Note 8, the Company amended its revolving line of credit agreement in 2016. As part of the 
amendment in October 2016, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners, LLC was added to the lending syndicate. Goldman 
Sachs Lending Partners, LLC is an affiliate of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., as are the Goldman Sachs funds that 
owned approximately 20.5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2016.  Goldman Sachs 
Lending Partners, LLC committed $10,000 to the revolving commitment and participates in amounts borrowed under the 
credit facility at a rate of approximately 10.5%. Accordingly, approximately $4,226 of the $40,246 outstanding under the 
revolving line of credit as of December 31, 2016 was due to Goldman Sachs Lending Partners, LLC.

F-28

 
BENEFITFOCUS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(thousands, except share and per share data)

16. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the eight 

quarters in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

  December 31,  
2016

  September 30,  
2016

June 30,
2016

March 31,
2016

  December 31,  
2015

  September 30,  
2015

June 30,
2015

March 31,
2015

Quarter Ended

62,647     $
30,125    
35,189    
(5,064 )  
(7,099 )   $

58,022     $
28,910    
35,434    
(6,524 )  
(8,603 )   $

57,874     $
28,124    
37,215    
(9,091 )  
(11,004 )   $

54,792     $
25,495    
36,984    
(11,489 )  
(13,352 )   $

54,340     $
23,857    
34,482    
(10,625 )  
(12,487 )   $

45,426     $
19,161    
33,953    
(14,792 )  
(16,664 )   $

42,708     $
19,068    
35,468    
(16,400 )  
(18,284 )   $

42,669  
20,206  
32,663  
(12,457 )
(14,649 )

(0.24 )   $

(0.29 )   $

(0.37 )   $

(0.46 )   $

(0.43 )   $

(0.58 )   $

(0.64 )   $

(0.55 )

Consolidated Statements of
   Operations Data:
Revenue
Gross profit
Total operating expenses  
Operating loss
Net loss
Net loss per common
   share (a)
Weighted-average
   common shares
   outstanding--basic and
   diluted

  $

  $

  $

  30,030,164    

  29,651,230    

  29,459,341    

  29,213,198    

  29,120,171    

  28,847,493    

  28,633,992    

  26,745,444  

(a) Quarterly and year-to-date computations of per share amounts are made independently.  Therefore, the sum of the 

per-share amounts for the quarters may not agree with per share amounts for the year.

The quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited 
consolidated financial statements included in this report and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring 
adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of such information when read in conjunction with our 
annual audited consolidated financial statements (as restated) and notes appearing in this report. The operating results 
for any quarter do not necessarily indicate the results for any subsequent period or for the entire fiscal year.

17. Subsequent Events

Restricted Stock Units

During January 2017, the Company granted 22,278 restricted stock units to employees with an aggregate grant date 
fair value of $668. These restricted stock units generally vest in equal annual installments generally over 4 years from the 
grant date. The Company amortizes the fair value of the stock subject to the restricted stock units at the time of grant on a 
straight-line basis over the period of vesting. 

During January 2017, stock option exercises and vesting of restricted stock units resulted in the issuance of 267,885 shares 
of common stock.

Revolving Line of Credit

In January 2017, the Company repaid $20,000 that was previously borrowed under the Senior Revolver. 

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)

Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns:

Year Ended December 31, 2016
Year Ended December 31, 2015
Year Ended December 31, 2014

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance:
Year Ended December 31, 2016
Year Ended December 31, 2015
Year Ended December 31, 2014

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

Additions
Charged To
Expense

Additions
Charged
Against
Revenue

    Deductions    

Balance
at End of
Period

2,585    $
1,663    $
810    $

667    $
22    $
94    $

5,004    $
7,646    $
4,585    $

(3,661)   $
(6,746)   $
(3,826)   $

4,595 
2,585 
1,663 

Balance at
Beginning
of Period

Additions
Charged To
Costs and
Expenses (1)     Deductions    

Balance
at End of
Period

85,315    $
58,850    $
34,425    $

17,894    $
26,465    $
24,425    $

-    $
-    $
-    $

103,209       
85,315       
58,850       

  $
  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

(1)  Increase in valuation allowance is related to the generation of net operating losses and other deferred tax assets.

F-30

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
   
       
 
     
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF  
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 31.1 

I, Shawn A. Jenkins, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Benefitfocus, Inc. (the registrant);  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 

under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c) 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 

most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):  

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which 

are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: February 24, 2017 

/s/ Shawn A. Jenkins 
Shawn A. Jenkins 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal executive officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 302 OF  
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 31.2 

I, Jeffrey M. Laborde, certify that:  

1. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Benefitfocus, Inc. (the registrant);  

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report;  

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report;  

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures 
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to 
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 

under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 

about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such 
evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s 

most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the 
equivalent functions):  

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are 
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s 

internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: February 24, 2017 

/s/ Jeffrey M. Laborde 
Jeffrey M. Laborde 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal financial and accounting officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO  
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO  
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

Exhibit 32.1 

In accordance with 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Shawn A. Jenkins, Chief 
Executive Officer (principal executive officer) of Benefitfocus, Inc. (the “registrant”), and Jeffrey M. Laborde, Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial and accounting officer) of the registrant, each hereby certifies that, to the best of their knowledge:  

1.  The registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, to which this Certification is attached as 
Exhibit 32.1 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended; and  

2.  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the registrant at the end of 
the period covered by the Report and results of operations of the registrant for the periods covered by the Report.  

Date: February 24, 2017 

/s/ Shawn A. Jenkins 
Shawn A. Jenkins 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal executive officer) 

/s/ Jeffrey M. Laborde 
Jeffrey M. Laborde 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal financial and accounting officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors 

Mason R. Holland, Jr., Director 
Executive Chairman, Benefitfocus, Inc. 

Shawn A. Jenkins, Director 
Chief Executive Officer, Benefitfocus, Inc. 

Douglas A. Dennerline, Director 
Chief Executive Officer, Alfresco Software, Inc. 

Joseph P. Di Sabato, Director 
Managing Director, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Merchant Banking Division  

Ann H. Lamont, Director 
Managing Partner, Oak Investment Partners and Oak HC/FT Partners LLC 

A.  Lanham Napier, Director 
Co-Founder, BuildGroup Management LLC 

Francis J. Pelzer V, Director 
President and Chief Operating Officer, SAP SE’s Business Network & Applications Group 

Stephen M. Swad, Director 
Chief Financial Officer, Vox Media, Inc. 

Financial Reports 

Copies of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission are available at www.benefitfocus.com or on request, free of charge, 
by calling (843) 849-7476 or emailing ir@benefitfocus.com. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100 Benefitfocus Way 
Charleston, South Carolina 29492  

Phone:  (843) 849-7476 
Fax:  (843) 849-9485 
www.benefitfocus.com 

BR08180D-0417-10K